US20150246951A1 - Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use - Google Patents
Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20150246951A1 US20150246951A1 US14/659,251 US201514659251A US2015246951A1 US 20150246951 A1 US20150246951 A1 US 20150246951A1 US 201514659251 A US201514659251 A US 201514659251A US 2015246951 A1 US2015246951 A1 US 2015246951A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- flavivirus
- virus
- glycoprotein
- polypeptide
- cross
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 title claims abstract description 268
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 84
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 title description 9
- 102100021696 Syncytin-1 Human genes 0.000 title description 4
- 101710121417 Envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 title description 3
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 title 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 169
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 133
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 130
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 153
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 128
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 claims description 69
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 241000710888 St. Louis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 claims description 63
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 57
- 241000710842 Japanese encephalitis virus Species 0.000 claims description 50
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010054261 Flavivirus infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000710772 Yellow fever virus Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003441 anti-flavivirus Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940051021 yellow-fever virus Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010057199 Flaviviral infections Diseases 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 112
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 109
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 109
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 89
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 80
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 73
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 68
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 60
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 56
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 54
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 53
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 53
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 46
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 46
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 41
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 39
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 36
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 29
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 28
- 208000004006 Tick-borne encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 25
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 25
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 23
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 19
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 19
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 19
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- 206010014596 Encephalitis Japanese B Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 201000005807 Japanese encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 15
- 239000004237 Ponceau 6R Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 15
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 14
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 11
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 10
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101100007328 Cocos nucifera COS-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 208000003152 Yellow Fever Diseases 0.000 description 8
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 101150013191 E gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 7
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 6
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 6
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000034217 membrane fusion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 5
- 108010041986 DNA Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229940021995 DNA vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 description 4
- VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-VKHMYHEASA-N Glycyl-alanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CN VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- KFKWRHQBZQICHA-STQMWFEESA-N Leu-Phe Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KFKWRHQBZQICHA-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000710908 Murray Valley encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 4
- -1 co-factors Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710204837 Envelope small membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- SCCPDJAQCXWPTF-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Asp Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O SCCPDJAQCXWPTF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- IKAIKUBBJHFNBZ-LURJTMIESA-N Gly-Lys Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CN IKAIKUBBJHFNBZ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 3
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000392810 Inbio Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710145006 Lysis protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710085938 Matrix protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710127721 Membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UQTNIFUCMBFWEJ-IWGUZYHVSA-N Thr-Asn Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O UQTNIFUCMBFWEJ-IWGUZYHVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001529801 Tick-borne flavivirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010006025 bovine growth hormone Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 108010015792 glycyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102220049431 rs587784257 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000012898 sample dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKWMGUNWDFIWNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,1-dioxo-1,2-benzothiazol-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(Cl)C(=O)C2=C1 VKWMGUNWDFIWNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000238421 Arthropoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000009631 Broth culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102220642503 Cation channel sperm-associated protein 4_Q77R_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000725619 Dengue virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108700041281 Flavivirus prM Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FUESBOMYALLFNI-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Asn Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O FUESBOMYALLFNI-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNMUAGGSDZXTHX-BYPYZUCNSA-N Gly-Gln Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(N)=O PNMUAGGSDZXTHX-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YIWFXZNIBQBFHR-LURJTMIESA-N Gly-His Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(=O)N[C@H](C([O-])=O)CC1=CN=CN1 YIWFXZNIBQBFHR-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBGGUPMXALFZOT-VIFPVBQESA-N Gly-Tyr Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XBGGUPMXALFZOT-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000619564 Homo sapiens Putative testis-specific prion protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010079364 N-glycylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700001237 Nucleic Acid-Based Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000209094 Oryza Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 101150064860 PRM gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100022208 Putative testis-specific prion protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- IMMPMHKLUUZKAZ-WMZOPIPTSA-N Trp-Phe Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IMMPMHKLUUZKAZ-WMZOPIPTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000011312 Vector Borne disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012252 genetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-DL-alpha-alanine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)CN VPZXBVLAVMBEQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-L-tyrosine hemihydrate Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XBGGUPMXALFZOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010147 glycylglutamine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010020688 glycylhistidine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010087823 glycyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010037850 glycylvaline Proteins 0.000 description 2
- STKYPAFSDFAEPH-LURJTMIESA-N glycylvaline Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CN STKYPAFSDFAEPH-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 2
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000521 hyperimmunizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010189 intracellular transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010044056 leucyl-phenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940023146 nucleic acid vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000405 serological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005100 tissue tropism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- IPWKGIFRRBGCJO-IMJSIDKUSA-N Ala-Ser Chemical compound C[C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C([O-])=O IPWKGIFRRBGCJO-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJVQKGYHIZPSNS-FXQIFTODSA-N Ala-Ser-Arg Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN=C(N)N VJVQKGYHIZPSNS-FXQIFTODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIWMQSWFLXEGMA-WDSKDSINSA-N Ala-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)N LIWMQSWFLXEGMA-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PMGDADKJMCOXHX-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gln Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O PMGDADKJMCOXHX-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTWSWDJMIKUJDQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N Arg-Tyr Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XTWSWDJMIKUJDQ-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Arg-Tyr Natural products NC(CCNC(=N)N)C(=O)NC(Cc1ccc(O)cc1)C(=O)O UVTGNSWSRSCPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZYFHQOWCFUSOV-IMJSIDKUSA-N Asn-Asp Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O HZYFHQOWCFUSOV-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCAUEJAQCXVQQM-ACZMJKKPSA-N Asn-Glu-Asp Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O HCAUEJAQCXVQQM-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMSMPWHEGLNQOD-UWVGGRQHSA-N Asn-Phe Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OMSMPWHEGLNQOD-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SONUFGRSSMFHFN-IMJSIDKUSA-N Asn-Ser Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O SONUFGRSSMFHFN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100508408 Caenorhabditis elegans ifa-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036364 Cullin Ring E3 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZGERHCJBLPQPGV-ACZMJKKPSA-N Cys-Ser-Gln Chemical compound C(CC(=O)N)[C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)N ZGERHCJBLPQPGV-ACZMJKKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011238 DNA vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710829 Dengue virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712471 Dhori virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000148064 Enicostema verticillatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091092566 Extrachromosomal DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- SSHIXEILTLPAQT-WHFBIAKZSA-N Gln-Asp Chemical compound NC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O SSHIXEILTLPAQT-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTIJVMLAGRAYMJ-MNXVOIDGSA-N Gln-Ile-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O FTIJVMLAGRAYMJ-MNXVOIDGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-WHFBIAKZSA-N Glu-Asn Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O TUTIHHSZKFBMHM-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSPKYLAFTPBWIL-BYPYZUCNSA-N Glu-Gly Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O LSPKYLAFTPBWIL-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBEUFCJRFNZMCU-SRVKXCTJSA-N Glu-Met-Leu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O CBEUFCJRFNZMCU-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-VIFPVBQESA-N Gly-Phe Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Ser Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N H-Gly-Phe-OH Natural products NCC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JBCLFWXMTIKCCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXVOMIADLXPJGW-GUBZILKMSA-N His-Asp-Glu Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CNC=N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O RXVOMIADLXPJGW-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBTYOQIYBULKEH-ZFWWWQNUSA-N His-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CNC=N1 FBTYOQIYBULKEH-ZFWWWQNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RENBRDSDKPSRIH-HJWJTTGWSA-N Ile-Phe-Met Chemical compound N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)O RENBRDSDKPSRIH-HJWJTTGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000238703 Ixodes scapularis Species 0.000 description 1
- PMGDADKJMCOXHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Arginyl-L-glutamin-acetat Natural products NC(=N)NCCCC(N)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O PMGDADKJMCOXHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-tryptophan-L-tyrosine Natural products C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TYYLDKGBCJGJGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010024887 Louping ill Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JPNRPAJITHRXRH-BQBZGAKWSA-N Lys-Asn Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O JPNRPAJITHRXRH-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKIRNDPUWONXQN-GUBZILKMSA-N Lys-Asn-Gln Chemical compound C(CCN)C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)N)C(=O)O)N YKIRNDPUWONXQN-GUBZILKMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYTOTTSMVMWVJN-STQMWFEESA-N Lys-Tyr Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 MYTOTTSMVMWVJN-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQAIUOWPSUOINN-IUCAKERBSA-N Lys-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN YQAIUOWPSUOINN-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000907337 Modoc virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000288894 Myotis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000008297 Nuclear Matrix-Associated Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035916 Nuclear Matrix-Associated Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047956 Nucleosomes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004218 Orcein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BQMFWUKNOCJDNV-HJWJTTGWSA-N Phe-Val-Ile Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(O)=O BQMFWUKNOCJDNV-HJWJTTGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N PicoGreen Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCCN(C)C)C1=CC(=CC2=[N+](C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010076039 Polyproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710884 Powassan virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VBKBDLMWICBSCY-IMJSIDKUSA-N Ser-Asp Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O VBKBDLMWICBSCY-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOUIMBGNEUWXQG-VKHMYHEASA-N Ser-Gly Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O WOUIMBGNEUWXQG-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009714 Severe Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 1
- VPZKQTYZIVOJDV-LMVFSUKVSA-N Thr-Ala Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O VPZKQTYZIVOJDV-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOWJRKAVLALBQB-IWGUZYHVSA-N Thr-Asp Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O IOWJRKAVLALBQB-IWGUZYHVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUMXICQAOKVQOB-YWIQKCBGSA-N Thr-Ile Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)O LUMXICQAOKVQOB-YWIQKCBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQPQJNMVELPZNQ-GBALPHGKSA-N Thr-Ser-Trp Chemical compound C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C21)C(=O)O)N)O GQPQJNMVELPZNQ-GBALPHGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKHWEVXPLJBEOZ-VQVTYTSYSA-N Thr-Val Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])[C@@H](C)O CKHWEVXPLJBEOZ-VQVTYTSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102220587623 Tubulinyl-Tyr carboxypeptidase 1_M77R_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- HPYDSVWYXXKHRD-VIFPVBQESA-N Tyr-Gly Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HPYDSVWYXXKHRD-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUMQYLVYUIRHHU-YJRXYDGGSA-N Tyr-Ser-Thr Chemical compound [H]N[C@@H](CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O LUMQYLVYUIRHHU-YJRXYDGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZADUTOCSFDBRV-RNXOBYDBSA-N Tyr-Tyr-Trp Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FZADUTOCSFDBRV-RNXOBYDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N Val-Lys-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)O)N GVJUTBOZZBTBIG-AVGNSLFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007818 agglutination assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009833 antibody interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 108010008355 arginyl-glutamine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062796 arginyllysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003149 assay kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005601 base polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000941 bile Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007969 cellular immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002230 centromere Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002153 concerted effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002950 dengue hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013024 dilution buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026502 entry into host cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003114 enzyme-linked immunosorbent spot assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005189 flocculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000016615 flocculation Effects 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000034238 globular proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005896 globular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000404 glutamine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 108010081551 glycylphenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical group [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002008 hemorrhagic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003365 immunocytochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000951 immunodiffusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002480 immunoprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009878 intermolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000741 isoleucyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H])C(=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011901 isothermal amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950003188 isovaleryl diethylamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 108010017391 lysylvaline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021121 meiosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNJJXZKZRAWDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methapyrilene Chemical group C=1C=CC=NC=1N(CCN(C)C)CC1=CC=CS1 HNJJXZKZRAWDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAHLFXYLXBBCPS-IZEXYCQBSA-N methyl n-[(2s)-1-[[(5s)-5-[(4-aminophenyl)sulfonyl-(2-methylpropyl)amino]-6-hydroxyhexyl]amino]-1-oxo-3,3-diphenylpropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C([C@H](NC(=O)OC)C(=O)NCCCC[C@@H](CO)N(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QAHLFXYLXBBCPS-IZEXYCQBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012514 monoclonal antibody product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000299 nuclear matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001623 nucleosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020030 perry Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000405 phenylalanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000027317 positive regulation of immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013636 protein dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005892 protein maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010044292 tryptophyltyrosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002987 valine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])(C(*)=O)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N7/00—Viruses; Bacteriophages; Compositions thereof; Preparation or purification thereof
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/525—Virus
- A61K2039/5258—Virus-like particles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/51—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising whole cells, viruses or DNA/RNA
- A61K2039/53—DNA (RNA) vaccination
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24122—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24123—Virus like particles [VLP]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24134—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24111—Flavivirus, e.g. yellow fever virus, dengue, JEV
- C12N2770/24171—Demonstrated in vivo effect
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/005—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from viruses
- G01N2333/08—RNA viruses
- G01N2333/18—Togaviridae; Flaviviridae
- G01N2333/183—Flaviviridae, e.g. pestivirus, mucosal disease virus, bovine viral diarrhoea virus, classical swine fever virus (hog cholera virus) or border disease virus
- G01N2333/185—Flaviviruses or Group B arboviruses, e.g. yellow fever virus, japanese encephalitis, tick-borne encephalitis, dengue
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2469/00—Immunoassays for the detection of microorganisms
- G01N2469/20—Detection of antibodies in sample from host which are directed against antigens from microorganisms
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to a structure-based rational mutagenesis method for identifying flavivirus envelope (E)-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes.
- the disclosure further relates to flavivirus E-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and mutants thereof having reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- Flavivirus cross-reactive E-glycoprotein epitopes with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are useful in the diagnosis, inhibition and treatment of diseases caused by flaviviruses.
- Flaviviridae are a diverse family of enveloped viruses infecting both arthropods and vertebrates. Flaviviruses have a positive-sense single-stranded RNA genome 10.7 kb in length, transcribed into a single polyprotein precursor encoding three structural proteins, capsid, premembrane (prM), envelope (E), and seven non-structural proteins (Lindenbach & Rice, Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication . In Fields Virology , 4 th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 991-1041, 2001; Rice et al., Science 229:726-33, 1985).
- the flavivirus E-glycoprotein is the primary antigen, inducing protective immunity; it is essential for membrane fusion, and mediates binding to cellular receptors (Allison et al., J. Virol . 75:4268-75, 2001; Crill & Roehrig, J. Virol . 75:7769-73, 2001; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). Flavivirus E-glycoprotein therefore directly affects host range, tissue tropism, and the virulence of these viruses.
- the flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three structural and functional domains.
- Domain I is an 8-stranded ⁇ -barrel containing two large insertion loops that form the elongated finger-like domain II (DII) (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). DII is involved in stabilizing the E-glycoprotein dimer and contains the internal fusion peptide (Allison et al., J. Virol . 75:4268-75, 2001).
- Domain III (DIII) forms a ten-stranded ⁇ -barrel with an immunoglobulin-like fold and contains the cellular receptor-binding motifs (Crill & Roehrig, J. Virol .
- DI and DIII contain predominately type-specific and subcomplex-reactive epitopes, whereas DII contains the major flavivirus group- and subgroup-cross-reactive epitopes, which are sensitive to reduction and denaturation and are formed from discontinuous amino acid sequences (Mandl et al., J. Virol . 63:564-71, 1989; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995; Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- Flavivirus which includes at least 70 distinct virus species (Burke & Monath, Flaviviruses . In Fields Virology , 4 th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 1043-1125, 2001; Kuno et al., J. Virol . 72:73-83, 1998; Solomon & Mallewa, J. Infect . 42:104-15, 2001).
- the medically important flaviviruses include yellow fever (YF) virus in Africa, Latin and South America; Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus in Asia and Australia; West Nile (WN) virus in Africa, Central Europe, and most recently in North America; tick-borne encephalitis (TBE) complex viruses in the temperate regions of Europe, North America and Asia; and the four serotypes of dengue viruses (DEN-1, -2, -3, and -4) in tropical and subtropical regions of the world (Lindenbach & Rice, Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication . In Fields Virology , 4 th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 991-1041, 2001).
- flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies Human infection by flaviviruses results in a humoral immune response involving virus species-specific as well as flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies (Calisher et al., J. Gen. Virol . 70:37-43, 1989; Tesh et al., Emerg. Inf. Dis . 8:245-51, 2002).
- flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies in human sera produces two public health concerns upon secondary infection with a heterologous flavivirus .
- Serodiagnosis of secondary flavivirus infections, especially in areas with multiple co-circulating flaviviruses, can be particularly difficult due to the inability to differentiate primary from secondary cross-reactive serum antibodies using currently available viral antigens.
- E-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and mutant E-glycoprotein polypeptides thereof exhibiting reduced or ablated cross-reactivity have been identified.
- these E-glycoprotein polypeptides with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are capable of eliciting effective type-specific immune responses against flaviviruses.
- the identified cross-reactive epitopes incorporate the highly conserved Gly 104 , Gly 106 , and Leu 107 residues.
- the identified cross-reactive epitope centers on the strictly conserved Trp 231 residue and its structurally related neighbors Glu 126 and Thr 226 .
- flavivirus E-glycoprotein constructs that can be used directly or indirectly to stimulate flavivirus type-specific antibodies. These constructs are designed to elicit T-cell, B-cell, or both T-cell and B-cell responses against flavivirus type-specific epitopes.
- the constructs when integrated into a vector, can be used as immunogens, can be used as DNA vaccines, and can be used as sources of recombinant protein for stimulation of immune responses in subjects, as well as for protein boosts to subjects who have received a nucleic acid construct previously.
- methods of identifying and characterizing flavivirus E-glycoprotein amino acid residues incorporated into cross-reactive epitopes, using structure-based rational mutagenesis are also provided.
- FIG. 1 is a diagrammatical representation of the quaternary structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, top view, looking down towards the viral surface, showing the locations of flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues (space-filling representation). The structural and functional domains I, II, and III are also shown.
- FIGS. 2A-2C are diagrammatical representations of the structural locations of cross-reactive epitope residues for flavivirus cross-reactive monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) in the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein dimer, as well as a bar graph indicating fold reductions in mAb reactivities assayed by indirect immuno-fluorescence assay (IFA) and/or antigen-capture ELISA (Ag-ELISA) for mutations at these E-glycoprotein positions.
- IFA indirect immuno-fluorescence assay
- Ag-ELISA antigen-capture ELISA
- FIG. 2A is a diagrammatical representation of a portion of the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, showing the flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2 and 6B6C-1 epitope residues from the fusion peptide region of DII.
- the flavivirus fusion peptide comprises the highly conserved E-glycoprotein residues 98-113, which form a surface exposed loop of hydrophobic residues rich in glycine at the tip of DII (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995; Allison et al., J. Virol . 75:4268-75, 2001).
- the view is looking downward toward the viral membrane surface at an angle of approximately 45°, while looking in towards the fusion peptide region about 45° off of parallel to the dimer's longitudinal axis.
- the molecular surfaces of DI and DIII from the alternate sub-unit are depicted as space-filling Van der Waals surfaces to highlight the close fitting of the fusion peptide into this region.
- Fusion peptide residues 100-108 are depicted as stick representations with the participating amino acids labeled.
- Glycan moieties attached to Asn 153 and Asn 67 are labeled CHO153 and CHO67, respectively.
- FIG. 2B is a diagrammatical representation of a portion of the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, showing the flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 epitope residues. The view and labeling are the same as in FIG. 2A . Identified residues are depicted as sticks and labeled.
- FIG. 2C is a bar graph showing fold decreases in mAb reactivities in Ag-ELISA for DEN-2 VLPs with substitutions at the listed residues.
- mAbs 4G2 and 6B6C-1 are flavivirus group-reactive and 1B7-5 is flavivirus subgroup-reactive. Substitutions at G 104 and W 231 produced plasmids that were unable to secrete measurable VLP antigen into tissue culture media. Therefore, fold decreases in mAb reactivities for these two constructs are from IFA.
- Wild-type plasmid did not produce an endpoint nearly as far out in IFA as in Ag-ELISA (see Table 3), therefore the fold reductions for substitutions at G 104 and W 231 were not as great as for other constructs measured by Ag-ELISA, even though substitutions at these two positions appeared to completely ablate mAb reactivity.
- FIG. 3 is a bar graph showing the percent of cross-reactive epitope residue substitutions altering reactivities of mAbs of different cross-reactivities.
- the total number of SLEV and WNV mAbs of each type is shown in the legend on the y-axis, and the number of substitutions altering these mAbs is shown in the columns.
- Appendix I contains Tables 1-13.
- nucleic and amino acid sequences listed in the accompanying sequence listing are shown using standard letter abbreviations for nucleotide bases, and three letter code for amino acids, as defined in 37 C.F.R. 1.822. Only one strand of each nucleic acid sequence is shown, but the complementary strand is understood as included by any reference to the displayed strand.
- SEQ ID NOs: 1-12 show the nucleic acid sequences of mutagenic primers used to generate the K 64 N mutation, T 76 M mutation, Q 77 R mutation, G 104 H mutation, G 106 Q mutation, L 107 K mutation, E 126 A mutation, T 226 N mutation, W 231 F mutation, W 231 L mutation, H 244 R mutation, and K 247 R mutation, respectively, in the pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid.
- SEQ ID NOs: 13 and 14 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 15 and 16 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G 104 H substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 17 and 18 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G 106 Q substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 19 and 20 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the L 107 K substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 21 and 22 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the E 126 A substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 23 and 24 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the T 226 N substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 25 and 26 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the W 231 F substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 27 and 28 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the W 231 L substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 29 and 30 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the double E 126 A/T 226 N substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 31-79 show the nucleic acid sequences of mutagenic primers used to generate site-specific mutations into the SLEV and WNV E genes.
- SEQ ID NOs: 80 and 81 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant SLEV virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 82 and 83 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant SLEV virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G 106 Q substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 84 and 85 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant WNV virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 86 and 87 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant WNV virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G 106 V substitution.
- Sequence_Listing.txt which was created on Mar. 3, 2015, and is 167,252 bytes, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Animal Living multi-cellular vertebrate organisms, a category that includes, for example, mammals and birds.
- mammal includes both human and non-human mammals.
- subject includes both human and veterinary subjects, for example, humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, horses, and cows.
- Antibody A protein (or protein complex) that includes one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes.
- the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes.
- Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda.
- Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
- the basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is generally a tetramer.
- Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kDa) and one “heavy” (about 50-70 kDa) chain.
- the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
- the terms “variable light chain” (V L ) and “variable heavy chain” (V H ) refer, respectively, to these light and heavy chains.
- antibody includes intact immunoglobulins as well as a number of well-characterized fragments. For instance, Fabs, Fvs, and single-chain Fvs (SCFvs) that bind to target protein (or epitope within a protein or fusion protein) would also be specific binding agents for that protein (or epitope).
- SCFvs single-chain Fvs
- antibody fragments are as follows: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain; (2) Fab′, the fragment of an antibody molecule obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab′ fragments are obtained per antibody molecule; (3) (Fab′) 2 , the fragment of the antibody obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; (4) F(ab′) 2 , a dimer of two Fab′ fragments held together by two disulfide bonds; (5) Fv, a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains; and (6) single chain antibody, a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain, the variable region of the heavy chain, linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically
- Antibodies for use in the methods and compositions of this disclosure can be monoclonal or polyclonal.
- monoclonal antibodies can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstein ( Nature 256:495-97, 1975) or derivative methods thereof. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , CSHL, New York, 1999.
- Antibody binding affinity The strength of binding between a single antibody binding site and a ligand (e.g., an antigen or epitope).
- the affinity of an antibody binding site X for a ligand Y is represented by the dissociation constant (K d ), which is the concentration of Y that is required to occupy half of the binding sites of X present in a solution.
- K d dissociation constant
- a smaller (K d ) indicates a stronger or higher-affinity interaction between X and Y and a lower concentration of ligand is needed to occupy the sites.
- antibody binding affinity can be affected by the alteration, modification and/or substitution of one or more amino acids in the epitope recognized by the antibody paratope.
- antibody binding affinity is measured by end-point titration in an Ag-ELISA assay.
- Antibody binding affinity is substantially lowered (or measurably reduced) by the modification and/or substitution of one or more amino acids in the epitope recognized by the antibody paratope if the end-point titer of a specific antibody for the modified/substituted epitope differs by at least 4-fold, such as at least 10-fold, at least 100-fold or greater, as compared to the unaltered epitope.
- Antigen A compound, composition, or substance that can stimulate the production of antibodies or a T-cell response in an animal, including compositions that are injected or absorbed into an animal.
- An antigen reacts with the products of specific humoral or cellular immunity, including those induced by heterologous immunogens.
- an antigen is a flavivirus antigen.
- cDNA complementary DNA: A piece of DNA lacking internal, non-coding segments (introns) and regulatory sequences that determine transcription. cDNA is synthesized in the laboratory by reverse transcription from messenger RNA extracted from cells.
- Epitope An antigenic determinant. These are particular chemical groups, such as contiguous or non-contiguous peptide sequences, on a molecule that are antigenic, that is, that elicit a specific immune response.
- An antibody binds a particular antigenic epitope based on the three dimensional structure of the antibody and the matching (or cognate) three dimensional structure of the epitope.
- a “cross-reactive epitope” is an epitope found in two or more antigens expressed by different genes, and responsible for inducing cross-reactive antibodies.
- a “ flavivirus cross-reactive epitope” is a flavivirus epitope found in a peptide from two or more flaviviruses, and responsible for inducing flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies.
- a “substituted epitope” comprises at least one structural substitution in the epitope, such as a substitution of one amino acid for another.
- amino acid substitutions at probable or identified cross-reactive epitope residues are designed to reduce or ablate cross-reactive antibody recognition without substantially altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation or affecting type-specific antibody binding sites, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion.
- Flavivirus cross-reactive antibody An antibody that recognizes (that is, specifically binds to) an epitope found on a peptide from more than one species of flavivirus. Flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies are classified as either complex cross-reactive or group cross-reactive antibodies. Complex cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by all viruses within a complex, such as the JE virus complex or the DEN virus complex. Group cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by all members of the genus Flavivirus.
- Antibody cross-reactivity is further refined within the sub-complex and sub-group cross-reactive categories.
- Sub-complex cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by most, but not all, members of a particular flavivirus complex (e.g., DENV-1, -2, and -3, but not DENV-4), while sub-group cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by flaviviruses from several complexes, but not all members of the flavivirus group (e.g., all members of the DEN virus and JE virus complexes, but not all members of the tick-borne virus complex).
- a particular flavivirus complex e.g., DENV-1, -2, and -3, but not DENV-4
- sub-group cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by flaviviruses from several complexes, but not all members of the flavivirus group (e.g., all members of the DEN virus and JE virus complexes, but not all members of the tick-borne virus complex).
- flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies include the group cross-reactive mAbs 4G2 and 6B6C-1, the sub-group cross-reactive mAb 1B7-5, and the sub-complex cross-reactive mAb 10A1D-2.
- Flavivirus E-glycoprotein A structural envelope protein that mediates binding of flavivirus virions to cellular receptors on host cells.
- the flavivirus E-glycoprotein is required for membrane fusion, and is the primary antigen inducing protective immunity to flavivirus infection.
- Flavivirus E-glycoprotein affects host range, tissue tropism and viral virulence.
- the flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three structural and functional domains, DI-DIII. In mature virus particles the E-glycoprotein forms head to tail homodimers lying flat and forming a dense lattice on the viral surface.
- Flavivirus E-glycoprotein domain A domain of a protein is a part of a protein that shares common structural, physiochemical and/or functional features; for example hydrophobic, polar, globular, helical domains or properties, for example a DNA binding domain, an ATP binding domain, and the like.
- the flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three recognized structural and functional domains, DI-DIII. DI is an 8-stranded ⁇ -barrel containing two large insertion loops that form the elongated finger-like DII. DII is involved in stabilizing the E-glycoprotein dimer and contains the internal fusion peptide that mediates flaviviral entry into host cells via membrane fusion.
- DIII forms a ten-stranded ⁇ -barrel with an immunoglobulin-like fold and contains the cellular receptor-binding motifs.
- DI and DIII contain predominately type- and subtype-specific epitopes, whereas DII contains the major flavivirus group and subgroup cross-reactive epitopes, which are sensitive to reduction and denaturation and are therefore believed to be formed from discontinuous amino acid sequences.
- Flavivirus type-specific antibody An antibody that recognizes (that is, specifically binds to) an epitope found on a peptide from only one specific member of the flaviviruses.
- Specific, non-limiting examples of flavivirus type-specific antibodies include: DI mAb 9A4D-1, DII mAb 1A5D-1, and DIII mAbs 3H5, 9A3D-8 and 9D12, which only recognize epitopes found in the DENV-2 E-glycoprotein.
- nucleic acid consists of nitrogenous bases that are either pyrimidines (cytosine (C), uracil (U), and thymine (T)) or purines (adenine (A) and guanine (G)). These nitrogenous bases form hydrogen bonds between a pyrimidine and a purine, and the bonding of the pyrimidine to the purine is referred to as “base pairing.” More specifically, A will hydrogen bond to T or U, and G will bond to C. “Complementary” refers to the base pairing that occurs between two distinct nucleic acid sequences or two distinct regions of the same nucleic acid sequence.
- oligonucleotide and “specifically complementary” are terms that indicate a sufficient degree of complementarity such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide (or its analog) and the DNA or RNA target.
- the oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analog need not be 100% complementary to its target sequence to be specifically hybridizable.
- An oligonucleotide or analog is specifically hybridizable when binding of the oligonucleotide or analog to the target DNA or RNA molecule interferes with the normal function of the target DNA or RNA, and there is a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the oligonucleotide or analog to non-target sequences under conditions where specific binding is desired, for example under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or systems. Such binding is referred to as specific hybridization.
- Hybridization conditions resulting in particular degrees of stringency will vary depending upon the nature of the hybridization method of choice and the composition and length of the hybridizing nucleic acid sequences. Generally, the temperature of hybridization and the ionic strength (especially the Na + and/or Mg ++ concentration) of the hybridization buffer will determine the stringency of hybridization, though wash times also influence stringency. Calculations regarding hybridization conditions required for attaining particular degrees of stringency are discussed by Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989, chapters 9 and 11; and Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4 th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
- stringent conditions encompass conditions under which hybridization will only occur if there is less than 25% mismatch between the hybridization molecule and the target sequence. “Stringent conditions” may be broken down into particular levels of stringency for more precise definition. Thus, as used herein, “moderate stringency” conditions are those under which molecules with more than 25% sequence mismatch will not hybridize; conditions of “medium stringency” are those under which molecules with more than 15% mismatch will not hybridize, and conditions of “high stringency” are those under which sequences with more than 10% mismatch will not hybridize. Conditions of “very high stringency” are those under which sequences with more than 6% mismatch will not hybridize.
- Specific hybridization refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only or substantially only to a particular nucleotide sequence when that sequence is present in a complex mixture (for example, total cellular DNA or RNA). Specific hybridization may also occur under conditions of varying stringency.
- Immune stimulatory composition A term used herein to mean a composition useful for stimulating or eliciting a specific immune response (or immunogenic response) in a vertebrate.
- the immune stimulatory composition can be a protein antigen or a plasmid vector used to express a protein antigen.
- the immunogenic response is protective or provides protective immunity, in that it enables the vertebrate animal to better resist infection with or disease progression from the organism against which the immune stimulatory composition is directed.
- an immunogenic response induced by an immune stimulatory composition may arise from the generation of an antibody specific to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition.
- the response may comprise a T-helper or cytotoxic cell-based response to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. All three of these responses may originate from na ⁇ ve or memory cells.
- One specific example of a type of immune stimulatory composition is a vaccine.
- an “effective amount” or “immune-stimulatory amount” of an immune stimulatory composition is an amount which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to engender a detectable immune response.
- a response may comprise, for instance, generation of an antibody specific to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition.
- the response may comprise a T-helper or CTL-based response to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. All three of these responses may originate from na ⁇ ve or memory cells.
- a “protective effective amount” of an immune stimulatory composition is an amount which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to confer protective immunity upon the subject.
- Inhibiting or treating a disease Inhibiting the full development of a disease or condition, for example, in a subject who is at risk for a disease.
- diseases include dengue fever, dengue hemorrhagic fever, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, tick-borne encephalitis, and West Nile disease.
- Treatment refers to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop.
- the term “ameliorating,” with reference to a disease, pathological condition or symptom refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment.
- the beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the number of relapses of the disease, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease.
- Isolated An “isolated” or “purified” biological component (such as a nucleic acid, peptide, protein, protein complex, or particle) has been substantially separated, produced apart from, or purified away from other biological components in the cell of the organism in which the component naturally occurs, that is, other chromosomal and extrachromosomal DNA and RNA, and proteins.
- Nucleic acids, peptides and proteins that have been “isolated” or “purified” thus include nucleic acids and proteins purified by standard purification methods.
- the term also embraces nucleic acids, peptides and proteins prepared by recombinant expression in a host cell, as well as chemically synthesized nucleic acids or proteins.
- an isolated biological component is one in which the biological component is more enriched than the biological component is in its natural environment within a cell, or other production vessel.
- a preparation is purified such that the biological component represents at least 50%, such as at least 70%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or greater, of the total biological component content of the preparation.
- Nucleic acid molecule A polymeric form of nucleotides, which may include both sense and anti-sense strands of RNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, and synthetic forms and mixed polymers of the above.
- a nucleotide refers to a ribonucleotide, deoxynucleotide or a modified form of either type of nucleotide.
- the term “nucleic acid molecule” as used herein is synonymous with “nucleic acid” and “polynucleotide.”
- a nucleic acid molecule is usually at least 10 bases in length, unless otherwise specified. The term includes single- and double-stranded forms of DNA.
- a polynucleotide may include either or both naturally occurring and modified nucleotides linked together by naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring nucleotide linkages.
- Oligonucleotide A nucleic acid molecule generally comprising a length of 300 bases or fewer. The term often refers to single-stranded deoxyribonucleotides, but it can refer as well to single- or double-stranded ribonucleotides, RNA:DNA hybrids and double-stranded DNAs, among others.
- oligonucleotide also includes oligonucleosides (that is, an oligonucleotide minus the phosphate) and any other organic base polymer.
- oligonucleotides are about 10 to about 90 bases in length, for example, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 bases in length. Other oligonucleotides are about 25, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55, about 60 bases, about 65 bases, about 70 bases, about 75 bases or about 80 bases in length. Oligonucleotides may be single-stranded, for example, for use as probes or primers, or may be double-stranded, for example, for use in the construction of a mutant gene. Oligonucleotides can be either sense or anti-sense oligonucleotides. An oligonucleotide can be modified as discussed above in reference to nucleic acid molecules. Oligonucleotides can be obtained from existing nucleic acid sources (for example, genomic or cDNA), but can also be synthetic (for example, produced by laboratory or in vitro oligonucleotide synthesis).
- a first nucleic acid sequence is operably linked with a second nucleic acid sequence when the first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence.
- a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence is the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
- operably linked DNA sequences are contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame. If introns are present, the operably linked DNA sequences may not be contiguous.
- Paratope That portion of an antibody that is responsible for its binding to an antigenic determinant (epitope) on an antigen.
- Polypeptide A polymer in which the monomers are amino acid residues joined together through amide bonds. When the amino acids are alpha-amino acids, either the L-optical isomer or the D-optical isomer can be used, the L-isomers being preferred for many biological uses.
- the terms “polypeptide” or “protein” as used herein are intended to encompass any amino acid molecule and include modified amino acid molecules such as glycoproteins.
- the term “polypeptide” is specifically intended to cover naturally occurring proteins, as well as those which are recombinantly or synthetically produced.
- a probe comprises an isolated nucleic acid molecule attached to a detectable label or other reporter molecule.
- Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, enzyme substrates, co-factors, ligands, chemiluminescent or fluorescent agents, haptens, and enzymes. Methods for labeling and guidance in the choice of labels appropriate for various purposes are discussed, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 and Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4 th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
- Primers are short nucleic acid molecules, for instance DNA oligonucleotides 6 nucleotides or more in length, for example that hybridize to contiguous complementary nucleotides or a sequence to be amplified. Longer DNA oligonucleotides may be about 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 nucleotides or more in length. Primers can be annealed to a complementary target DNA strand by nucleic acid hybridization to form a hybrid between the primer and the target DNA strand, and then the primer extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme.
- Primer pairs can be used for amplification of a nucleic acid sequence, for example, by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or other nucleic-acid amplification methods known in the art.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- Other examples of amplification include strand displacement amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,311; transcription-free isothermal amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,881; repair chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in WO 90/01069; ligase chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in EP-A-320 308; gap filling ligase chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,930; and NASBATM RNA transcription-free amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,134.
- Amplification primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, ⁇ 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.).
- Primer Very 0.5, ⁇ 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.
- probes and primers can be selected that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleotide sequences.
- Recombinant nucleic acid A nucleic acid molecule that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989.
- the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of a natural nucleic acid molecule.
- Regulatory sequences or elements refer generally to a class of DNA sequences that influence or control expression of genes. Included in the term are promoters, enhancers, locus control regions (LCRs), insulators/boundary elements, silencers, matrix attachment regions (MARs, also referred to as scaffold attachment regions), repressor, transcriptional terminators, origins of replication, centromeres, and meiotic recombination hotspots.
- Promoters are sequences of DNA near the 5′-end of a gene that act as a binding site for DNA-dependent RNA polymerase, and from which transcription is initiated.
- Enhancers are control elements that elevate the level of transcription from a promoter, usually independently of the enhancer's orientation or distance from the promoter.
- LCRs confer tissue-specific and temporally regulated expression to genes to which they are linked. LCRs function independently of their position in relation to the gene, but are copy-number dependent. It is believed that they function to open the nucleosome structure, so other factors can bind to the DNA. LCRs may also affect replication timing and origin usage. Insulators (also known as boundary elements) are DNA sequences that prevent the activation (or inactivation) of transcription of a gene, by blocking effects of surrounding chromatin. Silencers and repressors are control elements that suppress gene expression; they act on a gene independently of their orientation or distance from the gene. MARs are sequences within DNA that bind to the nuclear scaffold; they can affect transcription, possibly by separating chromosomes into regulatory domains.
- MARs mediate higher-order, looped structures within chromosomes.
- Transcriptional terminators are regions within the gene vicinity where RNA polymerase is released from the template.
- Origins of replication are regions of the genome, during DNA synthesis or replication phases of cell division, that begin the replication process of DNA.
- Meiotic recombination hotspots are regions of the genome that recombine more frequently than average during meiosis.
- Sequence identity The similarity between two nucleic acid sequences, or two amino acid sequences, is expressed in terms of the similarity between the sequences, otherwise referred to as sequence identity. Sequence identity is frequently measured in terms of percentage identity (or similarity or homology); the higher the percentage, the more similar the two sequences are.
- the alignment tools ALIGN Myers and Miller, CABIOS 4:11-17, 1989
- LFASTA Pulson and Lipman, 1988
- ALIGN compares entire sequences against one another
- LFASTA compares regions of local similarity.
- These alignment tools and their respective tutorials are available on the Internet at the NCSA website.
- the “Blast 2 sequences” function can be employed using the default BLOSUM62 matrix set to default parameters, (gap existence cost of 11, and a per residue gap cost of 1).
- the alignment should be performed using the “Blast 2 sequences” function, employing the PAM30 matrix set to default parameters (open gap 9, extension gap 1 penalties).
- the BLAST sequence comparison system is available, for instance, from the NCBI web site; see also Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol ., 215:403-10, 1990; Gish and States, Nature Genet ., 3:266-72, 1993; Madden et al., Meth. Enzymol ., 266:131-41, 1996; Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res ., 25:3389-402, 1997; and Zhang and Madden, Genome Res ., 7:649-56, 1997.
- Orthologs (equivalent to proteins of other species) of proteins are in some instances characterized by possession of greater than 75% sequence identity counted over the full-length alignment with the amino acid sequence of specific protein using ALIGN set to default parameters. Proteins with even greater similarity to a reference sequence will show increasing percentage identities when assessed by this method, such as at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, or at least 98% sequence identity.
- sequence identity can be compared over the full length of one or both binding domains of the disclosed fusion proteins.
- homologous sequences When significantly less than the entire sequence is being compared for sequence identity, homologous sequences will typically possess at least 80% sequence identity over short windows of 10-20, and may possess sequence identities of at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% depending on their similarity to the reference sequence. Sequence identity over such short windows can be determined using LFASTA; methods are described at the NCSA website. One of skill in the art will appreciate that these sequence identity ranges are provided for guidance only; it is entirely possible that strongly significant homologs could be obtained that fall outside of the ranges provided. Similar homology concepts apply for nucleic acids as are described for protein. An alternative indication that two nucleic acid molecules are closely related is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
- nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that each encode substantially the same protein.
- protein-specific binding agent An agent that binds substantially only to a defined target.
- a protein-specific binding agent binds substantially only the defined protein, or to a specific region within the protein.
- protein-specific binding agents include antibodies and other agents that bind substantially to a specified polypeptide.
- the antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies that are specific for the polypeptide, as well as immunologically effective portions (“fragments”) thereof.
- a “transformed” cell is a cell into which has been introduced a nucleic acid molecule by molecular biology techniques.
- the term encompasses all techniques by which a nucleic acid molecule might be introduced into such a cell, including transfection with viral vectors, transformation with plasmid vectors, and introduction of naked DNA by electroporation, lipofection, and particle gun acceleration.
- a nucleic acid molecule as introduced into a host cell, thereby producing a transformed host cell.
- a vector may include nucleic acid sequences that permit it to replicate in a host cell, such as an origin of replication.
- a vector may also include one or more selectable marker genes and other genetic elements known in the art.
- the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins).
- amino acid substitutions at positions 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, and 231 include: G 104 H (SEQ ID NO: 16), G 106 Q (SEQ ID NO: 18), L 107 K (SEQ ID NO: 20), E 126 A (SEQ ID NO: 22), T 226 N (SEQ ID NO: 24), W 231 F (SEQ ID NO: 26), and W 231 L (SEQ ID NO: 28). Also disclosed are isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, and 27.
- the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 81, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 106 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins).
- Specific, non-limiting examples of the amino acid substitutions at position 106 include: G 106 Q (SEQ ID NO: 83).
- isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81 A representative nucleic acid molecule is shown in SEQ ID NO: 82.
- the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 85, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 106 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins).
- Specific, non-limiting examples of the amino acid substitutions at position 106 include: G 106 V (SEQ ID NO: 87).
- isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 85 A representative nucleic acid molecule is shown in SEQ ID NO: 86.
- compositions that include one or more flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides exhibiting measurably reduced antibody cross-reactivity, with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions that include one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, and 27.
- compositions that include one or more flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides exhibiting measurably reduced antibody cross-reactivity, with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81 or SEQ ID NO: 85.
- pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions that include one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81 or SEQ ID NO: 85. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 82 and 86.
- a method for identifying and modifying a flavivirus cross-reactive epitope includes selecting a candidate cross-reactive epitope using a structure-based design approach, and designing a substituted epitope including at least one amino acid residue substitution compared to the candidate epitope.
- the candidate epitope is then contacted with a specific binding agent under conditions whereby a candidate epitope/specific binding agent complex can form.
- the substituted epitope is contacted with the same specific binding agent under the same conditions used for candidate epitope/specific binding agent complex formation.
- a candidate epitope is identified as a flavivirus cross-reactive epitope when the substituted epitope has a substantially lower binding affinity for the specific binding agent compared to the candidate epitope, and wherein the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope binds to a specific binding agent that binds to at least two flaviviruses.
- the at least two flaviviruses are selected from dengue serotype 1 virus, dengue serotype 2 virus, dengue serotype 3 virus, dengue serotype 4 virus, yellow fever virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, and West Nile virus.
- the specific binding agent is a flavivirus cross-reactive antibody.
- the structure-based design approach includes identifying at least one conserved flavivirus amino acid between two or more flavivirus groups or subgroups, and mapping the conserved flavivirus amino acid onto a structure of a flavivirus E-glycoprotein.
- the conserved flavivirus amino acid exhibits two or more of the following structural characteristics: it is located in DII of the E-glycoprotein, it is conserved across the flaviviruses, it is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, it has at least 35% surface accessibility potential, its side chain projection is accessible for antibody paratopes, or it has a high ⁇ -factor.
- the structure-based design approach includes identifying at least one conserved flavivirus amino acid between two or more flavivirus complexes or subcomplexes, and mapping the conserved flavivirus amino acid onto a structure of a flavivirus E-glycoprotein.
- the conserved flavivirus amino acid exhibits two or more of the following structural characteristics: it has at least 35% surface accessibility potential, it is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, it is conserved across the flaviviruses, its side chain projection is accessible for antibody paratopes, or it has a high ⁇ -factor.
- a method for detecting a flavivirus antibody in a sample includes contacting the sample with the disclosed mutant flavivirus polypeptides under conditions whereby a polypeptide/antibody complex can form, and detecting polypeptide/antibody complex formation, thereby detecting a flavivirus antibody in a sample. Also disclosed are methods of diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject. In one embodiment, the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with the disclosed mutant flavivirus polypeptides under conditions whereby a polypeptide/antibody complex can form, and detecting polypeptide/antibody complex formation, thereby diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject.
- flavivirus E-glycoprotein engineered to comprise at least one amino acid residue substitution according to the methods described herein.
- the current disclosure provides methods for identifying flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes, as well as distinguishing such epitopes from species-specific (or type-specific) epitopes.
- the method comprises a structure-based design approach, which optionally includes one or more of the following requirements in order to identify cross-reactive epitopes: 1) the epitope is located in DII of the E-glycoprotein, for example, amino acids 52-135 and 195-285 in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein, 52-132 and 193-280 in the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein, and conserved across the flaviviruses or multiple flaviviral species; 2) the epitope is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer; 3) the epitope has at least 35% surface accessibility potential; 4) one or more side chain projections of amino acids within the epitope are accessible to antibody paratopes; and 5) residues with high temperature ( ⁇ ) factors are favored.
- a structure-based design approach comprises a procedural algorithm developed to localize epitopes responsible for inducing flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies. Strictly-conserved flavivirus residues are initially identified. These residues are mapped, for example, onto a 2.0 ⁇ resolution E-glycoprotein structure for TBE virus (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995), a high resolution DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein structure (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003), or other similar structure.
- flavivirus complex and subcomplex cross-reactive epitopes Similar criteria (individually or in combination of two or more) are employed in certain embodiments to select probable flavivirus complex or subcomplex cross-reactive epitope residues.
- the procedural algorithm for the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes utilizes the following optimality criteria: 1) The identification and selection of amino acid residues with ⁇ 35% of their surface solvent accessible. These residues are identified from the published atomic structure coordinates of the DENV-2 soluble ectodomain of the envelope glycoprotein and homology models of SLEV and WNV derived from the DENV-2 structure (Modis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci . USA 100:6986-91, 2003).
- the outer and/or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer comprises those residues which are exposed on the surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer in a way that they are physically capable of interacting with a host-derived immunoglobulin antibody molecule.
- the flavivirus virion contains a host cell-derived lipid bilayer, with E-glycoprotein dimers imbedded within this lipid bilayer via their trans-membrane domains. The ectodomains of the E-glycoprotein dimers lie on top of this bilayer, forming a dense lattice and essentially coating the virion in a protein shell.
- regions of the E-glycoprotein that, under general assembled virion conditions, cannot physically interact with an immunoglobulin molecule, and therefore are highly unlikely to form part of an antibody epitope.
- Such inaccessible regions include the trans-membrane domains (because they are imbedded within the lipid bilayer and are covered by the ectodomain) and more than two-thirds of the residues of the ectodomain itself, which are either on the bottom surface of the dimer (and therefore packed between the lipid layer and the ectodomain), or are packed into the interior of this globular protein rather than on its surface.
- immunoglobulin molecules can only interact with residues on the outer exposed surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, and with a subset of residues on the outer lateral surface. Because of the close packing of E-glycoprotein dimers into a network across the surface of the virion, and the difficulty of a large immunoglobulin molecule accessing these narrow spaces, it is believed that only some of the lateral surface residues are available for immunoglobulin interaction. For these reasons, only residues located on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein are considered as participating in possible flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes.
- a residue e.g., a residue conserved among more than one flavivirus , such as Gly 104 , Gly 106 , Leu 107 , or Trp 231
- An inspection of the location of a residue allows for a determination as to whether or not a residue is located on the outer or lateral surface of the dimer.
- surface accessibility potential comprises that portion of the predicted electron density surrounding any amino acid residue's side chain that is exposed on the surface of the protein, and theoretically available to interact with another molecule.
- surface accessibility potential comprises that portion of the predicted electron density surrounding any amino acid residue's side chain that is exposed on the surface of the protein, and theoretically available to interact with another molecule.
- its surface accessibility is affected by the local (and surrounding) secondary structure of the alpha-carbon main chain, and the positions and types of immediately surrounding side-chain projections.
- maximum accessibility would be for a residue X in the peptide GGXGG in an extended conformation, as the glycine residues have no side chains and therefore amino acid X's surface accessibility is not constrained by either the alpha-carbon backbone shape or the surrounding residues' side chain projections (see, e.g., Li et al., Nature Struct. Bio . 10:482-88, 2003; and Faelber et al., J. Mol. Biol . 313:83-97,
- the side chain projection(s) accessible for antibody paratopes comprises a qualitative assessment of how exposed and/or available a given amino acid's reactive side chain is to interact with a hypothetical immunoglobulin molecule.
- the angle of projection of a side chain is determined primarily by its position in the primary amino acid chain. However, upon folding of this polypeptide chain, the side chain projections are additionally altered or affected by electrostatic and other forces from surrounding residues.
- a temperature or ⁇ -factor comprises a criterion which represents a particular amino acid's potential flexibility within the protein. Any given atom within a protein structure is defined by four parameters, the three x, y and z coordinates, defining its position in space, and its ⁇ - or temperature factor. For well defined, high-resolution crystal structures, ⁇ -values are typically ⁇ 20 ⁇ 2 . High ⁇ -values, for example, ⁇ 40 ⁇ 2 can be a signal that there is little confidence in the assignment of these atoms within the protein (for example, if the protein is disordered and does not consistently fold into the same structure).
- Stability calculations are performed for all possible amino acid substitutions of candidate residues using, for example, the FOLD-X server (Guerois et al., J. Mol. Biol . 320:369-87, 2002; available on the internal and the TBE virus E-glycoprotein pdb file coordinates (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995).
- amino acid substitutions modeled in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein with free energies of folding equal to or less than that of the non-mutated wild-type E-glycoprotein are re-examined with the Swiss-PdbViewer software, to identify those substitutions that minimized local structural disturbances while maintaining structurally relevant biochemical interactions such as hydrogen bonding and/or charge interactions with neighboring amino acids.
- the E-glycoprotein structure can be further analyzed to identify additional residues forming cross-reactive epitopes.
- a “nearest neighbor” search is conducted of the surface of the E-glycoprotein structure, looking for additional residues located within 10-15 ⁇ of the identified residue. This distance is within the binding footprint of a single antibody paratope (Faebler et al., J. Mol. Biol . 313:83-97, 2001).
- the same five optimality criterion as above are used, with one change.
- Antibody binding affinities can be determined by many methods well known in the art, such as end-point titration in an Ag-ELISA assay, competition binding in an ELISA assay, a solid-phase radioimmunoassay, and the Biacore® surface plasmon resonance technique (Malmqvist, Biochem. Soc. Trans . 27:335-40, 1999; and Drake et al., Anal. Biochem . 328:35-43, 2004).
- the specific binding agent is an antibody, for example, a polyclonal antibody or a mAb.
- a specific, non-limiting example of a polyclonal antibody is polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF.
- Specific, non-limiting examples of mAbs include 4G2 (ATCC No. HB-112), 6B6C-1, 1B7-5, 10A1D-2, 1A5D-1, and 1B4C-2 (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- the disclosure also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue, wherein the antibody cross-reactivity of the at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope has been reduced or ablated.
- one or more amino acid substitutions of one or more flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues causes the reduction or ablation of antibody cross-reactivity.
- the at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity has measurably lower binding affinity with one or more flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, due to substitution of the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue(s), but its binding with one or more DEN-2 virus type-specific mAbs is not affected.
- an isolated polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity include, the amino acid sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 16 (G 104 H), SEQ ID NO: 18 (G 106 Q), SEQ ID NO: 20 (L 107 K), SEQ ID NO: 22 (E 126 A), SEQ ID NO: 24 (T 226 N), SEQ ID NO: 26 (W 231 F), SEQ ID NO: 28 (W 231 L), SEQ ID NO: 30 (E 126 A/T 226 N), SEQ ID NO: 83, and SEQ ID NO: 87.
- Conservative substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
- Substitutions that should reduce or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion include: Gly to His, Gly to Gln, Leu to Lys, Glu to Ala, Thr to Asn, Trp to Phe, and Trp to Leu.
- substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in protein properties will be non-conservative, for instance changes in which (a) a hydrophilic residue, for example, seryl or threonyl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, for example, leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl; (b) a cysteine or proline is substituted for (or by) any other residue; (c) a residue having an electropositive side chain, for example, lysyl, arginyl, or histadyl, is substituted for (or by) an electronegative residue, for example, glutamyl or aspartyl; or (d) a residue having a bulky side chain, for example, phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, for example, glycine.
- a hydrophilic residue for example, seryl or threonyl
- nucleic acids of the invention thus include nucleic acids that encode: 1) polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity; and 2) polypeptides that that are at least 95% identical to the polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- Recombinant nucleic acids may, for instance, contain all or part of a disclosed nucleic acid operably linked to a regulatory sequence or element, such as a promoter, for instance, as part of a clone designed to express a protein.
- Cloning and expression systems are commercially available for such purposes and are well known in the art.
- the disclosure also provides cells or organisms transformed with recombinant nucleic acid constructs that encode all or part of the described polypeptides.
- virus-like particles that include one or more of the described flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides.
- This disclosure provides specific binding agents that bind to polypeptides disclosed herein, e.g., flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- the binding agent may be useful for identifying flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes, and for detecting and purifying polypeptides comprising flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes.
- the binding agents are a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody, and fragments thereof, that bind to polypeptides disclosed herein.
- a specific, non-limiting example of a polyclonal antibody is polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF.
- Specific, non-limiting examples of mAbs include 4G2, 6B6C-1, 1B7-5, 10A1D-2, 1A5D-1, and 1B4C-2.
- Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies can be raised to recognize the polypeptides described herein, or variants thereof. Optimally, antibodies raised against these polypeptides will specifically detect the polypeptide with which the antibodies are generated. That is, antibodies raised against the polypeptide will recognize and bind the polypeptide, and will not substantially recognize or bind to other polypeptides or antigens.
- the determination that an antibody specifically binds to a target polypeptide is made by any one of a number of standard immunoassay methods; for instance, the Western blotting technique (Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , 2 nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), Ag-ELISA and IFA.
- Substantially pure flavivirus recombinant polypeptide antigens suitable for use as immunogens can be isolated from the transformed cells described herein, using methods well known in the art. Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to the antigens can then be prepared.
- Monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classic method of Kohler & Milstein ( Nature 256:495-97, 1975), or a derivative method thereof. Briefly, a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the selected protein immunogen (for example, a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, a portion of a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or a synthetic peptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity) over a period of a few weeks.
- the selected protein immunogen for example, a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, a portion of a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitop
- the mouse is then sacrificed, and the antibody-producing cells of the spleen isolated.
- the spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media comprising aminopterin (HAT media).
- HAT media aminopterin
- the successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued.
- Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody in the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as originally described by Engvall ( Meth. Enzymol ., 70:419-39, 1980), or a derivative method thereof. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , CSHL, New York
- Polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies can be prepared by immunizing suitable animals with a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, a portion of a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or a synthetic peptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, which can be unmodified or modified, to enhance immunogenicity.
- Effective antibody production (whether monoclonal or polyclonal) is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. For example, small molecules tend to be less immunogenic than others and may require the use of carriers and adjuvant. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with either inadequate or excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple intradermal sites appear to be most reliable. An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found in Vaitukaitis et al. ( J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab ., 33:988-91, 1971).
- Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when the antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double immunodiffusion in agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony et al., Handbook of Experimental Immunology , Wier, D. (ed.), Chapter 19, Blackwell, 1973. A plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum (about 12 ⁇ M). Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by preparing competitive binding curves, as described, for example, by Fisher ( Manual of Clinical Immunology , Ch. 42, 1980).
- Antibody fragments may be used in place of whole antibodies and may be readily expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Methods of making and using immunologically effective portions of monoclonal antibodies, also referred to as “antibody fragments,” are well known and include those described in Better & Horowitz, Methods Enzymol . 178:476-96, 1989; Glockshuber et al., Biochemistry 29:1362-67, 1990; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,237 (Expression of Functional Antibody Fragments); U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 (Single Polypeptide Chain Binding Molecules); and U.S. Pat. No.
- Such assays can include, but are not limited to, Western blotting, immunoprecipitation, immunofluorescence, immunocytochemistry, immunohistochemistry, fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS), fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), immunomagnetic assays, ELISA, ELISPOT (Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immunology , Wiley, N.Y., 1995), agglutination assays, flocculation assays, cell panning, etc., as are well known to one of skill in the art.
- Binding agents of this disclosure can be bound to a substrate (for example, beads, tubes, slides, plates, nitrocellulose sheets, etc.) or conjugated with a detectable moiety, or both bound and conjugated.
- the detectable moieties contemplated for the present disclosure can include, but are not limited to, an immunofluorescent moiety (for example, fluorescein, rhodamine), a radioactive moiety (for example, 32 P, 125 I, 35 S), an enzyme moiety (for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), a colloidal gold moiety, and a biotin moiety.
- an immunofluorescent moiety for example, fluorescein, rhodamine
- a radioactive moiety for example, 32 P, 125 I, 35 S
- an enzyme moiety for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase
- colloidal gold moiety for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline
- the present disclosure further provides a method of detecting a flavivirus -reactive antibody in a sample, comprising contacting the sample with a polypeptide or peptide of this disclosure under condition whereby an antibody/polypeptide complex can form; and detecting formation of the complex, thereby detecting flavivirus antibody in a sample.
- the method of detecting flavivirus -reactive antibody in a sample can be performed, for example, by contacting a fluid or tissue sample from a subject with a polypeptide of this disclosure and detecting the binding of the polypeptide to the antibody.
- a fluid sample of this method can comprise any biological fluid which could contain the antibody, such as cerebrospinal fluid, blood, bile plasma, serum, saliva and urine. Other possible examples of body fluids include sputum, mucus and the like.
- Enzyme immunoassays such as IFA, ELISA and immunoblotting can be readily adapted to accomplish the detection of flavivirus antibodies according to the methods of this disclosure.
- An ELISA method effective for the detection of the antibodies can, for example, be as follows: 1) bind the polypeptide to a substrate; 2) contact the bound polypeptide with a fluid or tissue sample containing the antibody; 3) contact the above with a secondary antibody bound to a detectable moiety which is reactive with the bound antibody (for example, horseradish peroxidase enzyme or alkaline phosphatase enzyme); 4) contact the above with the substrate for the enzyme; 5) contact the above with a color reagent; and 6) observe/measure color change or development.
- mAbs for detection of antibodies specifically reactive with flavivirus polypeptides in a competitive inhibition assay. Briefly, a sample is contacted with a polypeptide of this invention which is bound to a substrate (for example, a 96-well plate). Excess sample is thoroughly washed away. A labeled (for example, enzyme-linked, fluorescent, radioactive, etc.) mAb is then contacted with any previously formed polypeptide-antibody complexes and the amount of mAb binding is measured. The amount of inhibition of mAb binding is measured relative to a control (no antibody), allowing for detection and measurement of antibody in the sample.
- a substrate for example, a 96-well plate
- a labeled (for example, enzyme-linked, fluorescent, radioactive, etc.) mAb is then contacted with any previously formed polypeptide-antibody complexes and the amount of mAb binding is measured. The amount of inhibition of mAb binding is measured relative to a control (no antibody), allowing for detection and measurement of
- the degree of mAb binding inhibition can be a very specific assay for detecting a particular flavivirus variety or strain, when based on mAb binding specificity for a particular variety or strain of flavivirus .
- mAbs can also be used for direct detection of flavivirus in cells by, for example, IFA according to standard methods.
- a micro-agglutination test can be used to detect the presence of flavivirus antibodies in a sample. Briefly, latex beads, red blood cells or other agglutinable particles are coated with a polypeptide of this disclosure and mixed with a sample, such that antibodies in the sample that are specifically reactive with the antigen crosslink with the antigen, causing agglutination. The agglutinated polypeptide-antibody complexes form a precipitate, visible with the naked eye or measurable by spectrophotometer.
- a microsphere-based immunoassay can be used to detect the presence of flavivirus antibodies in a sample.
- microsphere beads are coated with a polypeptide of this disclosure and mixed with a sample, such that antibodies in the sample that are specifically reactive with the antigen bind the antigen.
- the bead-bound polypeptide-antibody complexes are allowed to react with fluorescent-dye labeled anti-species antibody (such as FITC-labeled goat anti-human IgM), and are measured using a microsphere reader (such as a Luminex instrument).
- the present disclosure further provides a method of diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject, comprising contacting a sample from the subject with the polypeptide of this disclosure under conditions whereby an antibody/polypeptide complex can form; and detecting antibody/polypeptide complex formation, thereby diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject.
- the polypeptide of this disclosure can be bound to a substrate and contacted with a fluid sample such as blood, serum, urine or saliva.
- a fluid sample such as blood, serum, urine or saliva.
- This sample can be taken directly from the patient or in a partially purified form.
- antibodies specific for the polypeptide (the primary antibody) will specifically react with the bound polypeptide.
- a secondary antibody bound to, or labeled with, a detectable moiety can be added to enhance the detection of the primary antibody.
- the secondary antibody will be selected for its ability to react with multiple sites on the primary antibody.
- several molecules of the secondary antibodies can react with each primary antibody, making the primary antibody more detectable.
- detectable moiety allows for visual detection of a precipitate or a color change, visual detection by microscopy, or automated detection by spectrometry, radiometric measurement or the like.
- detectable moieties include fluorescein, rhodamine, Cy5, and Cy3 (for fluorescence microscopy and/or the microsphere-based immunoassay), horseradish peroxidase (for either light or electron microscopy and biochemical detection), biotin-streptavidin (for light or electron microscopy) and alkaline phosphatase (for biochemical detection by color change).
- compositions including flavivirus nucleic acid sequences or flavivirus polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are also encompassed by the present disclosure.
- These pharmaceutical compositions include a therapeutically effective amount of one or more active compounds, such as flavivirus polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding these polypeptides, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- flavivirus nucleic acid sequences or flavivirus polypeptides comprising multiple flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity will be useful in preparing the pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure.
- an immune stimulatory composition contains a flavivirus polypeptide including at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- the immune stimulatory composition contains a nucleic acid vector that includes flavivirus nucleic acid molecules described herein, or that includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity is expressed in a transcriptional unit, such as those described in published PCT Application Nos. PCT/US99/12298 and PCT/US02/10764 (both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety).
- the provided immune stimulatory flavivirus polypeptides, constructs or vectors encoding such polypeptides are combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle for administration as an immune stimulatory composition to human or animal subjects.
- the immune stimulatory composition administered to a subject directs the synthesis of a mutant flavivirus E-glycoprotein as described herein, and a cell within the body of the subject, after incorporating the nucleic acid within it, secretes VLPs comprising the mutant E-glycoprotein with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. It is believed that such VLPs then serve as an in vivo immune stimulatory composition, stimulating the immune system of the subject to generate protective immunological responses.
- more than one immune stimulatory flavivirus polypeptide, construct or vector may be combined to form a single preparation.
- the immunogenic formulations may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared using conventional pharmaceutical techniques. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient and the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers.
- Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
- the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of a sterile liquid carrier, for example, water for injections, immediately prior to use.
- a sterile liquid carrier for example, water for injections, immediately prior to use.
- Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets commonly used by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- unit dosage formulations are those containing a dose or unit, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the administered ingredient. It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, formulations encompassed herein may include other agents commonly used by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- compositions provided herein may be administered through different routes, such as oral, including buccal and sublingual, rectal, parenteral, aerosol, nasal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, and topical. They may be administered in different forms, including but not limited to solutions, emulsions and suspensions, microspheres, particles, microparticles, nanoparticles, and liposomes.
- the volume of administration will vary depending on the route of administration.
- intramuscular injections may range from about 0.1 ml to about 1.0 ml.
- Those of ordinary skill in the art will know appropriate volumes for different routes of administration.
- the term “immune stimulatory composition” as used herein also includes nucleic acid vaccines in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding a flavivirus polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity is administered to a subject in a pharmaceutical composition.
- suitable delivery methods known to those skilled in the art include direct injection of plasmid DNA into muscles (Wolff et al., Hum. Mol. Genet . 1:363, 1992), delivery of DNA complexed with specific protein carriers (Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem .
- nucleic acid vaccine preparations can be administered via viral carrier.
- the amount of immunostimulatory compound in each dose of an immune stimulatory composition is selected as an amount that induces an immunostimulatory or immunoprotective response without significant, adverse side effects. Such amount will vary depending upon which specific immunogen is employed and how it is presented. Initial injections may range from about 1 ⁇ g to about 1 mg, with some embodiments having a range of about 10 ⁇ g to about 800 ⁇ g, and still other embodiments a range of from about 25 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g. Following an initial administration of the immune stimulatory composition, subjects may receive one or several booster administrations, adequately spaced.
- Booster administrations may range from about 1 ⁇ g to about 1 mg, with other embodiments having a range of about 10 ⁇ g to about 750 ⁇ g, and still others a range of about 50 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g.
- Periodic boosters at intervals of 1-5 years, for instance three years, may be desirable to maintain the desired levels of protective immunity.
- the provided immunostimulatory molecules and compositions can be administered to a subject indirectly, by first stimulating a cell in vitro, which stimulated cell is thereafter administered to the subject to elicit an immune response.
- the pharmaceutical or immune stimulatory compositions or methods of treatment may be administered in combination with other therapeutic treatments.
- kits useful in the detection and/or diagnosis of flaviviruses are kits useful in the detection and/or diagnosis of flaviviruses.
- An example of an assay kit provided herein is a recombinant flavivirus polypeptide (or fragment thereof) as an antigen and an enzyme-conjugated anti-human antibody as a second antibody.
- kits also can include one or more enzymatic substrates.
- Such kits can be used to test if a sample from a subject contains antibodies against a flavivirus -specific protein.
- an appropriate amount of a flavivirus polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is provided in one or more containers, or held on a substrate.
- a flavivirus polypeptide can be provided in an aqueous solution or as a freeze-dried or lyophilized powder, for instance.
- the container(s) in which the flavivirus polypeptide(s) are supplied can be any conventional container that is capable of holding the supplied form, for instance, microfuge tubes, ampoules, or bottles.
- the amount of each polypeptide supplied in the kit can be any appropriate amount, and can depend on the market to which the product is directed. For instance, if the kit is adapted for research or clinical use, the amount of each polypeptide provided would likely be an amount sufficient for several assays. General guidelines for determining appropriate amounts can be found, for example, in Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology , John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999 and Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , CSHL, New York, 1999.
- This example demonstrates the identification of flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes using a structure-based rational mutagenesis method.
- COS-1 cells (ATCC CRL 1650; Manassas, Va.) were grown at 37° C. with 5% CO 2 on Dulbecco's modified Eagle's minimal essential medium (DMEM, GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone Laboratories, Inc., Logan, Utah), 110 mg/l sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM nonessential amino acids, 2 mM L-glutamine, 20 ml/l 7.5% NaHCO 3 , 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
- CHO cells (ATCC CCL 61; Manassas, Va.) were grown under the same conditions as COS-1 cells with DMEM/F12 nutrient mixture (GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.).
- Flavivirus plasmids capable of expressing extracellular VLPs composed of prM/M and E-glycoproteins for JE, WN, SLE, and the four DEN virus serotypes have been constructed (Chang et al., J. Virol . 74:4244-52, 2000; Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003; Davis et al., J. Virol . 75:4040-47, 2001).
- VLPs produced by recombinant plasmid-transformed eukaryotic cells, contain the flavivirus prM/M and E-glycoproteins in their native viral conformations, and although non-infectious, they maintain many of the same properties as mature virus particles including, hemagglutination activity, membrane fusion, and the induction of protective immune responses in animals (Chang et al., J. Virol . 74:4244-52, 2000; Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003; Davis et al., J. Virol . 75:4040-47, 2001; Hunt, et al., J. Virol. Methods 97:133-49, 2001).
- the recombinant expression plasmid pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 (the DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid, Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003) was used as the template DNA for both site-directed mutagenesis and for transient expression of DEN-2 recombinant antigen (see below).
- This plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, Kozak sequence, JE virus signal sequence, DEN-2 virus prM/M gene, DEN-2 virus chimeric E gene (with amino-terminal 80% from DEN-2 virus and carboxy-terminal 20% from JE virus), and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal.
- candidate flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues were narrowed down from a total of 53 conserved amino acids in DII (38 invariant and 15 almost completely conserved), to less than ten probable DII cross-reactive epitope residues.
- Amino acid substitutions at these probable cross-reactive epitope residues were computer modeled, selecting substitutions that should reduce or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion.
- cysteine residues otherwise satisfying the cross-reactive epitope criteria were not considered for mutagenesis because of their involvement in disulphide bridging necessary for proper E-glycoprotein structure and function (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995).
- Site-specific mutations were introduced into the DEN-2 virus E gene using the Stratagene Quick Change® multi site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) and pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 as DNA template following the manufacturer's recommended protocols.
- the sequences of the mutagenic primers used for all constructs are listed in Table 1.
- Four or five colonies from each mutagenic PCR transformation were selected and grown in 5 ml LB broth cultures, mini-prepped and sequenced. Structural gene regions and regulatory elements of all purified plasmids were sequenced entirely upon identification of the correct mutation.
- COS-1 and CHO cells were electroporated with pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 using the protocol described by Chang et al. ( J. Virol . 74:4244-52, 2000). Electroporated cells were recovered in 50 ml DMEM, seeded into 150 cm 2 culture flasks for VLP expression and into 96 well tissue culture plates (Costar® #3603; Corning, Inc., Corning, N.Y.) for IFA, and incubated at 37° C. with 5% CO 2 . Six to eight hours following electroporation, the growth medium in the 150 cm 2 culture flasks was replaced with DMEM containing 2% FBS. Cells in 96 well plates for IFA were fixed 14-18 hours post electroporation. Tissue-culture medium and cells were harvested 48 and 96 hours post electroporation for antigen characterization.
- Tissue culture medium was harvested 48 hours and 96 hours following electroporation. Cell debris was removed from tissue culture media by centrifugation for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm. Ag-ELISA was used to detect secreted antigen from the mutagenized pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 transformed COS-1 cells. Secreted antigen was captured with polyclonal rabbit anti-DEN-2 sera (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998) at a 1:10,000 dilution.
- Murine hyper-immune ascetic fluid (MHIAF) specific for DEN-2 virus was used at a 1:3000 dilution to detect captured antigen, and this MHIAF was detected using horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-mouse HIAF at a 1:5000 dilution.
- Three anti-DEN-2 mAbs 4G2, 6B6C-1 and 1B7-5, were used to determine affinity reductions in DII cross-reactive epitopes. These three mAbs share several characteristics: they recognize surface accessible epitopes in DII, they are flavivirus group- or subgroup-reactive, they are reduction-denaturation sensitive, they block virus-mediated cell-membrane fusion, they neutralize virus infectivity, and tryptic fragment mapping indicates that the binding domains of these three mAbs are formed by two discontinuous DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein peptide fragments, aa1-120 and 158-400 (Aaskov et al., Arch Virol .
- Gly 106 is located within the fusion peptide at the very tip of DII in the E-glycoprotein monomer (Allison et al., J. Virol . 73:5605-12, 1999; FIGS. 1 and 2A ). As with the other fusion peptide residues, Gly 106 is strongly conserved across the flaviviruses, the one exception being Modoc virus with alanine at this position (Table 4). Gly 106 is located at the distal end of each E-monomer along the upper and outer-lateral surface of the dimer. This residue has moderately high surface accessibility, and its relatively high temperature ( ⁇ -) factor suggests its potential flexibility.
- Trp 231 is located in a long intervening loop sequence between DII ⁇ -strands h and i (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003; FIG. 1 ). Trp 231 lays in a trough on the upper and outer surface of DII ( FIG. 2B ). It is structurally close to the glycan on Asn 67 , and lies laterally exterior to the disulfide bridge between Cys 60 and Cys 121 . The large hydrophobic side chain lays parallel to the dimer surface within this trough. This residue is only moderately surface accessible yet its high temperature ( ⁇ -) factor and the lack of hydrogen bonding from surrounding residues to the side chain suggest its potential flexibility.
- ⁇ - high temperature
- the reactivity of the G 106 Q mutant was unchanged from the reactivity of the wild-type pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 antigen for polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF, as well as for the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific mAbs: 9A4D-1 (DI), 4E5 (DII), and 3H5, 9A3D-8, 10A4D-2, 9D12, and 1A1D-2 (DIII) (Table 3).
- the W 231 F substitution also abolished the binding of both flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, 4G2 and 6B6C-1, as well as that of flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 (Table 3).
- This substitution additionally interfered with the binding of type-specific DI mAb 1B4C-2, but the binding of the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific DI, DII and DIII mAbs and a polyclonal DEN-2 MHIAF were unchanged relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid (Table 3).
- secretion of W 231 F VLP antigen into the tissue culture medium from transiently transfected COS-1 cells was not detected. Consequently, the effects of this substitution could only be analyzed by IFA of plasmid transfected cells.
- H 244 R and K 247 R substitutions did not have an effect on the binding of any mAbs in either IFA of transfected cells, or in Ag-ELISA of secreted VLP antigen.
- This example demonstrates the identification of additional cross-reactive epitopes using a “nearest neighbor” search.
- substitutions introduced at these positions were: Lys 64 to Asn (K 64 N), Thr 76 to Met (T 76 M), Gln 77 to Arg (Q 77 R), Gly 104 to His (G 104 H), Leu 107 to Lys (L 107 K), Glu 126 to Ala (E 126 A), and Thr 226 to Asn (T 226 N) (Table 2).
- a single double mutant combining substitutions at positions 126 and 226 (E 126 A/T 226 N) was also examined. Since the initial W 231 F substitution interfered with antigen secretion, the effects of an alternative substitution at this position, Trp 231 to Leu (W 231 L), were also examined.
- Gly 104 is located on the upper surface of the dimer at the tip of the tight loop structure which the fusion peptide adopts in the E-glycoprotein dimer (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003; FIG. 2A ).
- the residue has moderately high surface accessibility and a relatively high temperature ( ⁇ -) factor.
- the replacement of this small aliphatic glycine was modeled with a large polar histidine at this position. The histidine residue fits well into this pocket and was predicted not to alter the hydrogen-bond network in the region.
- the G 104 H substitution like both substitutions examined at Trp 231 , produced a plasmid that was unable to secrete measurable VLP antigen into the tissue culture medium upon transfection of either COS-1 or CHO cells. Consequently, the effects of G 104 H and W 231 L substitutions were analyzed solely by IFA of plasmid transfected cells, as described above for W 231 F.
- the G 104 H substitution ablated the reactivity of all three of the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs, 4G2, 6B6C-1, and 1B7-5.
- the type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 also showed strongly reduced reactivity for cells transiently transcribed with this plasmid Table 3).
- W 231 L showed a reduction in mAb reactivities very similar to W 231 F, knocking out any discernable recognition of all three cross-reactive mAbs (Table 3).
- the reactivity of DI mAb 1B4C-2 was also reduced by this mutation, but there were no discernable changes in the reactivities of the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific mAbs or the anti-DEN-2 MHIAF for either the G 104 H or W 231 L plasmid constructs (Table 3).
- the L 107 K substituted plasmid exhibited a pattern of reduced reactivities for flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs unlike any of the other substitutions.
- Leu 107 sits directly below Gly 106 on the outer lateral surface of the E-protein dimer. This residue has relatively high surface accessibility and temperature ( ⁇ -) factor, and its hydrophobic side-chain is directed laterally away from the dimer. This residue is also strongly conserved across the flaviviruses; the exceptions being the tick-borne Powassan virus, JE virus strain SA-14-14-2, and DEN-2 virus strain PUO-280 (Table 4). All of these viruses have a phenylalanine instead of a leucine at this position.
- Flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2 showed no discernable reactivity for this construct in either IFA of plasmid transfected cells, or by Ag-ELISA of secreted VLP antigen. However, the reactivities of the other two cross-reactive mAbs, 6B6C-1 and 1B7-5, were unchanged for this construct relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid (Table 3).
- L 107 K plasmid-transfected cells and secreted VLP antigen also showed moderately reduced reactivity for mAbs 1A5D-1, 10A1D-2 and 1B4C-2, while all other mAbs and the polyclonal MHIAF reactivities were not significantly different than they were for the wild-type plasmid (Table 3).
- Glu 126 appears to be incorporated into epitopes recognized by flavivirus group-reactive mAb 6B6C-1 and subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5, but not in the epitope of flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2.
- Glu 126 is located 10-12A from Trp 231 in the same trough on the upper and outer surface of DII. The bulky side chain projects from the ⁇ -carbon backbone up into this trough producing a moderately high surface accessibility and a high ⁇ -factor ( FIG. 2B ). The replacement of this large, negatively charged acidic glutamine was modeled with a small hydrophobic alanine at this position. This substitution was predicted to induce a moderately high, but acceptable energetic cost in the free energy stability analysis based on the TBE virus E-glycoprotein structure coordinates (TBE virus equals Lys 126 , Table 2).
- the T 226 N substitution did not alter the reactivity of any of the flavivirus group-reactive mAbs relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid, and the E 126 A/T 226 N double mutant generally showed a similar pattern of reduction of mAb reactivity as did E 126 A alone.
- the two exceptions to this correlation were in the reactivities of mAbs 1B7-5 and 10A1D-2.
- E 126 A/T 226 N exhibited the same moderate 87% reduction in Ag-ELISA reactivity for flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 as did E 126 A.
- the double mutant also exhibited a strong 97% reduction for this same mAb by IFA, which was not observed for either single mutant (Table 3).
- DEN virus complex-specific mAb 10A1D-2 also exhibited moderate reactivity decreases by IFA for this double mutant (Table 3).
- T 76 M, and Q 77 R were all unchanged in their reactivities for the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs.
- the T 76 M VLP antigen did however show reduced reactivity for DII type-specific mAb 1A5D-1 and for DI mAb 1B4C-2 in Ag-ELISA (Table 3).
- This example describes the spatial characterization and organization of exemplary flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues.
- the six residues (G 104 , G 106 , L 107 , E 126 , T 226 , and W 231 ) identified as participating in the flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes are spatially arranged on the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein surface in two clusters ( FIG. 1 ).
- the most prominent grouping of these residues is the clustering of three residues from the highly conserved fusion peptide region of DII (Allison et al. , J. Virol . 75:4268-75, 2001).
- These residues, Gly 104 , Gly 106 , and Leu 107 are almost completely conserved across the flaviviruses (Table 4).
- the cross-reactive mAbs most strongly affected by substitutions in this region were 4G2 and 6B6C-1. These two mAbs are considered to be quite similar; both are flavivirus group-reactive and have been grouped into the A1 epitope of the E-glycoprotein (Gentry et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg . 31:548-55, 1982; Henchal et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg . 34:162-69, 1985; Mandl et al., J. Virol. 63:564-71, 1989; Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- G 104 H also reduced the recognition of type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 (Table 3).
- the 1A5D-1 epitope is non-neutralizing, reduction sensitive and moderately surface accessible (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). All of the fusion peptide substitutions introduced into this region reduced the reactivity of 1A5D-1, consistent with the interpretation that the buried surface area footprint of this mAb not only includes DEN-2 virus serotype-specific residues, but also includes these strongly conserved residues as well.
- a comparison of the DEN-2 atomic structure with flavivirus E-glycoprotein alignments identifies at least two unique DEN-2, DII, surface accessible residues (Glu 71 and Asn 83 ), and a third residue variable within DEN-2 but distinct from the other DEN virus serotypes (Thr 81 ). All of these residues are within 10-22 ⁇ of Gly 104 , a distance well within the buried surface area of a typical Ab-Ag interface (Lo et al., J. Mol. Biol . 285:2177-98, 1999).
- the G 106 Q substitution also knocked out the reactivities of both of the flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, 4G2 and 6B6C-1, though it did not alter the binding of subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 (Table 3, FIG. 2C ).
- Type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 again lost all measurable reactivity to the G 106 Q construct, as did 1B4C-2.
- the 1A5D-1 epitope footprint appears to include conserved fusion peptide residues in addition to DEN-2 serotype-specific residues as discussed herein.
- the reduced reactivity of DI mAb 1B4C-2 for the G 106 Q construct is difficult to explain.
- Leu 107 is the third residue identified in the fusion peptide region of DII that is incorporated into flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes. Unlike the substitutions at E-glycoprotein positions 104 and 106, the L 107 K substitution knocked out the reactivity of flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2, but it did not alter the reactivity of the other flavivirus group-reactive mAb, 6B6C-1 (Table 3, FIG. 2C ). Beyond this discrepancy, the reactivity patterns of the rest of the mAbs for this construct were similar to that observed for the other fusion peptide substitutions. mAbs 1A5D-1, 10A1D-2, and 1B4C-2 all showed little to no reactivity for the L 107 K construct (Table 3).
- Pletnev et al. J. Virol . 67:4956-63, 1993
- Pletnev et al. performed mutagenesis to fusion peptide residues 104 and 107 in a chimeric infectious clone containing the TBE virus structural genes and DEN-4 virus non-structural genes.
- TBE virus has a histidine at position 104 as do all of the tick-borne flaviviruses.
- Pletnev et al. constructed the opposite substitution that was constructed herein, H104G, replacing the tick-associated histidine with the mosquito-associated glycine, but they were unable to recover live virus from this construct.
- the fourth residue identified as having a major effect on the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs was Trp 231 , an invariant residue across the flaviviruses (Table 4). Both substitutions introduced at Trp 231 dramatically reduced the reactivity of all three of the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs, 4G2, 6B6C-1, and 1B7-5. This residue is structurally distant from the fusion peptide region ( FIGS. 1 and 2B ). It is somewhat surprising that substitutions at this residue affect the binding of mAbs also shown to recognize the distant fusion peptide residues.
- mAb 4E5 does not recognize native virus yet it blocks virus-mediated cell-membrane fusion, presumably by recognizing an epitope that is exposed only during or after low-pH-catalyzed conformational changes (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). Without being bound by theory, if substitutions at Trp 231 induced domain wide structural alterations, a loss of reactivity of mAb 1A5D-1 (and the possible exposure of the non-native-accessible mAb 4E5 epitope, resulting in an increase, or at least a change in, the reactivity of mAb 4E5 by IFA for these constructs), would be expected.
- Gly 104 The location of Gly 104 near the interior-lateral edge of DII puts it very close to the E-dimer “hole” where the prM/M proteins are located in the heterodimer (Kuhn et al., Cell 108:717-25, 2002; FIG. 1 ). Therefore, it seems likely that G 104 H interferes with VLP secretion via disruption of the prM-E interactions necessary for intracellular transport and secretion. The identity of this residue is positively correlated with arthropod vector.
- the mosquito-born flaviviruses have a glycine at this position whereas the tick-borne flaviviruses have a histidine.
- Pletnev et al. J. Virol .
- This example demonstrates the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes using a structure-based rational mutagenesis method.
- CHO cells ATCC CCL 61; Manassas, Va. were grown at 37° C. with 5% CO 2 on Dulbecco's modified Eagle's minimal essential medium with F-12 nutrient mixture (D-MEM/F-12, GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone Laboratories, Inc., Logan, Utah), 110 mg/1 sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM nonessential amino acids, 2 mM L-glutamine, 2.438 g/L NaHCO 3 , 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
- D-MEM/F-12 Dulbecco's modified Eagle's minimal essential medium with F-12 nutrient mixture
- FBS heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum
- FBS Hyclone Laboratories, Inc., Logan, Utah
- the recombinant expression plasmids pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN were used as template DNAs for both site-directed mutagenesis and for transient expression of St. Louis encephalitis virus (SLEV) and West Nile virus (WNV) recombinant antigen (see below).
- the pCB8SJ2 plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) signal sequence, SLEV prM and E gene region (amino-terminal 80%), JEV carboxyl terminal 20%, and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal.
- the pCBWN plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, JEV signal sequence, WNV prM and E gene region in its entirety, and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal (Davis et al., J. Virol . 75:4040-47, 2001).
- flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes have been identified.
- the DENY complex consists of the four dengue serotypes, DENY-1, DENY-2, DENY-3, and DENY-4.
- the large JEV complex includes JEV, WNV, Murray Valley encephalitis virus (MVEV), and SLEV.
- the procedural algorithm for the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes utilizes the following optimality criteria: 1) The identification and selection of amino acid residues with ⁇ 35% of their surface solvent accessible. These residues are identified from the published atomic structure coordinates of the DENY-2 soluble ectodomain of the envelope glycoprotein and homology models of SLEV and WNV derived from the DENY-2 structure (Modis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci . USA 100:6986-91, 2003).
- Site-specific mutations were introduced into the SLEV and WNV E genes using the Stratagene Quick Change® multi site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) and pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN as DNA templates following the manufacturer's recommended protocols.
- the sequences of the mutagenic primers used for all constructs are listed in Table 5.
- Four or five colonies from each mutagenic PCR transformation were selected and grown in 5 ml LB broth cultures. DNA was mini-prepped and sequenced from these cultures. Structural gene regions and regulatory elements of all purified plasmids were sequenced entirely upon identification of the correct mutation.
- CHO cells were electroporated with pCB8SJ2 or pCBWN using the protocol described by Chang et al. ( J. Virol . 74:4244-52, 2000). Electroporated cells were recovered in 50 ml DMEM, seeded into 150 cm 2 culture flasks for VLP expression and into 96-well tissue culture plates for IFA, and incubated at 37° C. with 5% CO 2 . Cells in 96 well plates for IFA were fixed 14-24 hours post electroporation. Tissue-culture medium and cells were harvested 48-72 hours post electroporation for antigen characterization.
- 96-well tissue culture plates (Costar® #3603 Corning, Inc., Corning, N.Y.) containing cells transformed with the mutated pCB8SJ2 or pCBWN clones were washed twice with PBS, fixed with 3:1 acetone:PBS (v:v) for 10 minutes and air dried.
- E-glycoprotein-specific mAbs recognizing each of the three E-glycoprotein domains (Table 6) were used to determine affinity reductions in cross-reactive epitopes by IFA as described by Chang et al. ( J. Virol . 74:4244-52, 2000).
- Tissue culture medium was harvested 48-72 hours following electroporation. Cell debris was removed from tissue culture media by centrifugation for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm. Ag-ELISA was used to detect secreted antigen from the mutagenized pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN transformed CHO cells. Secreted antigen was captured with polyclonal rabbit anti-SLEV and rabbit anti-pCBWN sera at 1:30,000 and 1:50,000 dilutions, respectively. MHIAF specific for SLEV and WNV was used at a 1:15,000 dilution to detect captured antigen, and this MHIAF was detected using horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-mouse HIAF at a 1:5000 dilution.
- Secreted antigen was concentrated from positive tissue culture medium by centrifugation overnight at 19,000 rpm, and resuspended in TN buffer (50 mM Tris, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.5) to 1/100 th the original volume. Alternatively, some antigens were concentrated using Millipore's Amicon® Ultra PL-100 (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) centrifugal filter devices. Concentrated antigen was analyzed with a panel of anti- flavivirus mAbs in Ag-ELISA to determine mAb end point reactivities of the mutated antigens, following the protocol of Roehrig et al. ( Virology 246:317-28, 1998). This Ag-ELISA protocol is the same as that used herein to detect secreted antigen, with the exception of using the specified mAbs (Table 6) instead of polyclonal MHIAF.
- candidate flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues were narrowed down to 34 in DENV-2 and 31 each in WNV and SLEV. From these residues and with reiterative application of the optimality criteria described herein 17 DENV-2, 13 WNV, and 11 SLEV residues were chosen as most likely to be incorporated into complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes (highlighted in Tables 7-9) Amino acid substitutions were modeled at these probable cross-reactive epitope residues, selecting substitutions that should potentially disrupt or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion.
- Substitutions at 14 of 17 residues selected for mutagenesis in pCBWN altered the reactivities of all 10 of the anti-WNV mAbs, relative to wild-type pCBWN (Table 11).
- Six of the 10 anti-WNV mAbs were flavivirus group- or subgroup-cross-reactive, two were JEV complex cross-reactive and two were WNV type-specific (see Table 6).
- Nine of the 17 substitutions examined altered the reactivities of all six group- and subgroup-cross-reactive mAbs; 12 of these 17 substitutions affected the reactivities of both of the JEV complex cross-reactive mAbs.
- the G 106 V substitution in pCBWN was the only substitution to alter type-specific mAb reactivities, and, as with pCB8SJ2, this substitution actually increased the reactivity of the type-specific mAbs ( FIG. 3 ).
- FIG. 3 illustrates not only the efficiency of the described algorithms for identifying cross-reactive epitope residues, but also that these cross-reactive epitopes can be altered to ablate or appreciably interfere with the ability of an antibody to recognize these modified antigens.
- the high percentage of residues, selected a priori, affecting mAb reactivities illustrates the accuracy of the cross-reactive epitope residue selection algorithms.
- the mAb characterization of potential cross-reactive epitope residue mutants illustrates the importance of the E-protein fusion peptide region as a potently cross-reactive antigenic determinant.
- substitutions at fusion peptide residues G 104 , G 106 , and L 107 strongly affected many of the mAb reactivities for DENV-2, SLEV and WNV (see Tables 10 and 11).
- G 106 appears to be the most important cross-reactive antigenic determinant of these residues.
- Substitutions at G 106 altered the reactivities of 7 of 10 cross-reactive mAbs recognizing SLEV, and 7 of 8 cross-reactive mAbs recognizing WNV (see Tables 10 and 11). Substitutions at fusion peptide residue G 104 also affected the reactivities of many mAbs for each of these viruses. However, all substitutions examined at this position produced plasmids that were unable to efficiently secrete VLP antigen upon transient transformation into eukaryotic cells. This observation was true for all three flaviviruses examined: DENV-2, SLEV and WNV.
- This example demonstrates the representative nature of a murine antibody response as a model of human antibody response to substitutions in the flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes.
- the flavivirus responsible for the most recent infection was determined as that with the highest neutralizing antibody titer, which had to be at least four-fold greater than that for any other virus tested. Because of the high level of cross-reactivity between the SLEV and WNV viruses, it is often difficult to determine the infecting virus by ELISA, thus requiring the PRNT. SLEV infected sera with measurably high levels of cross-reactivity for WNV were purposefully selected in order to maximize the ability to asses for improved discrepancy (specificity) of the pCBWN-G 106 V versus the pCBWN wild-type antigen.
- SLEV infected patient sera were split into two groups based upon previously determined (Diagnostic and Reference Laboratory) positive to negative (P/N) ratios for SLEV and for WNV.
- ‘Equivocal’ SLEV sera were those that were clear SLEV infections from the PRNT data, yet had MAC-ELISA P/N ratios that were not statistically different between SLEV and WNV.
- Three of these equivocal SLEV samples were negative (P/N ⁇ 2.0) for both viruses, one was presumptive positive (P/N ⁇ 2.0 and ⁇ 3.0), and one was definitive positive (P/N>5.0) for both viruses.
- IgM ELISAs were performed following the protocols of Purdy et al. ( J. Clin. Micro . 42:4709-17, 2004) and Holmes et al. ( J. Clin. Micro . 43:3227-36, 2005). Briefly, the inner 60 wells of Immulon II HB flat-bottomed 96-well plates (Dynatech Industries Inc., Chantilly, Va.) were coated overnight at 4° C. in a humidified chamber with 75 ⁇ l of goat anti-human IgM (Kierkegaard & Perry Laboratories, Gaithersburg, Md.) diluted at 1:2000 in coating buffer (0.015 M sodium carbonate, 0.035 M sodium bicarbonate, pH 9.6).
- Wells were blocked with 300 ⁇ l of InBlock blocking buffer (Inbios, Seattle, Wash., L/N FA1032) for 60 minutes at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. 50 ⁇ l of sera were added to each well and incubated again for 60 minutes at 37° C. in a humidified chamber.
- Human test sera were diluted 1:400 in sample dilution buffer (Inbios, L/N FA1055). Positive control sera were diluted 1:3000 for SLEV and 1:800 for WNV.
- Positive and negative control VLP antigens were tested on all patient sera in triplicate by diluting appropriately in sample dilution buffer and adding 50 ⁇ l to appropriate wells for incubation overnight at 4° C. in a humidified chamber.
- Captured antigens were detected with 50 ⁇ l/well of polyclonal rabbit anti-pCBWN diluted 1:1000 in sample dilution buffer and incubated for 60 m at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. Rabbit sera was detected with horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-rabbit sera diluted 1:8000 in IgM conjugate dilution buffer (Inbios, L/N FA1056) and incubated for 60 m at 37° C. in a humidified chamber.
- Bound conjugate was detected with 75 ⁇ l of 3,3′5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (Neogen Corp, Lexington, Ky.) substrate, incubated at RT for 10 min, stopped with 50 ⁇ l of 2N H 2 SO 4 , and then read at A 450 using an ELx405HT Bio-Kinetics microplate reader (Bio-Tek Instruments Inc., Winooski, Vt.).
- Test validation and P/N values were determined according to the procedure of Martin et al. ( J. Clin. Micro. 38:1823-26, 2000), using internal positive and negative serum controls included in each 96-well plate. Positive (P) values for each specimen were determined as the average A 450 for the patient serum sample incubated with positive VLP antigen. Negative (N) values were determined for each plate as the average A 450 for the normal human serum control incubated with positive VLP antigen.
- mAb data murine antibody response
- human antibody response serological data
- serological assays were performed with single substitution, prototype type-specific antigens. As the mAb screening results indicated that fusion peptide residue 106 was incorporated into multiple cross-reactive epitopes for both WNV and SLEV, this substitution was selected to conduct MAC-ELISA serum tests.
- the prototype type-specific G 106 V-WNV Ag dramatically outperformed the wild-type (wt)-WNV Ag when tested on 10 difficult to discern ‘equivocal’ or positively ‘misleading’ SLEV-infected patient sera (Table 12).
- Six of 10 of these SLEV infected sera were correctly diagnosed as WNV-negative by MAC-ELISA (P/N ⁇ 2.0) with the G 106 V-WNV prototype Ag, three were ‘equivocal’ (P/N>2.0 ⁇ 3.0) and one was WNV positive.
- P/N ⁇ 2.0 MAC-ELISA
- the G 106 V-WNV Ag When antigens were directly compared on each individual serum sample, the G 106 V-WNV Ag produced lower P/N ratios than did the wt-WNV Ag in nine of 10 cases on these SLEV infected sera, indicating that the G 106 V-WNV Ag exhibits improved specificity and reduced cross-reactivity relative to the wt-WNV Ag.
- the prototype type-specific G 106 V-WNV Ag also outperformed the unaltered wt-WNV Ag in MAC-ELISA sensitivity tests on positive WNV infected human sera (Table 12).
- Five of six WNV infected patient sera had positive P/N ratios when tested with the G 106 V-WNV Ag, whereas four were positive with the wt-WNV Ag.
- the single WNV positive serum sample that tested negative with the wt-Ag and equivocal with the G 106 V Ag had the lowest neutralizing titers of the WNV sera in the PRNT (see Table 12), indicative of a weak antibody titer.
- the prototype type-specific G 106 V-WNV Ag exhibited improved specificity, accuracy, and sensitivity relative to the unmodified wt-WNV Ag.
- the G 106 V-WNV Ag was more specific and accurate for WNV diagnosis than was the wt Ag, correctly diagnosing more WNV infected sera as positive and fewer SLEV infected sera as negative, than did the wt-WNV Ag.
- the G 106 V-WNV Ag was also more sensitive at detecting WNV antibody in WNV infected serum than was the wt-WNV Ag.
- the positive signal indicating the presence of WNV antibody was greater for G 106 V-WNV Ag than it was for the wt-Ag when testing WNV infected sera, and less than that of the wt-Ag when testing non-WNV infected sera.
- This example demonstrates the ability of prototypical type-specific flavivirus mutant compositions to generate type-specific neutralizing antibody responses in mice.
- mice Groups of six female outbred ICR mice were used in this study. Mice were immunized by injection with pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1, pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1-G 106 Q, pCBWN, pCBWN-G 106 V, pCB8SJ2, or pCB8SJ2-G 106 Q expression plasmids as described herein. Each mouse was injected with 100 ⁇ g of Picogreen® fluorometer quantified plasmid DNA in PBS pH 7.5, at a concentration of 1 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l. Mice were immunized with 50 ⁇ g of plasmid DNA injected intramuscularly into each thigh on weeks 0 and 3. Mice were bled on week six following initial vaccination.
- PRNT plaque reduction neutralization test
- mice were immunized with wild-type and G 106 substituted plasmids for WNV, SLEV, and DENV-2 to determine if there were differences between the wild-type and G 106 prototype type-specific antigens for type-specific Nt Ab titer, cross-reactive Nt Ab titer, and protection from virus challenge.
- the type-specific Nt Ab titer results are shown in Table 13. There was little difference in the 75% PRNT titer between wt and G 106 substituted plasmids for all three viruses. The 75% Nt Ab titer was greater than or equal to 1:128 for almost all of the mice immunized with both the DENV-2 and both the WNV DNA vaccines.
- This example provides methods by which prototypical type-specific flavivirus mutant compositions can be used to generate a reduced cross-reactive neutralizing antibody response relative to the unaltered wild-type compositions.
- mice Female outbred ICR mice (such as the mice in Example 6) can be used in this study. Twelve-week post vaccination serum samples from immunized mice will be tested for cross-reactive (heterologous) Nt antibody response by PRNT. Unlike the type-specific PRNTs performed in Example 6, the cross-reactive PRNTs will be performed by examining Nt of immunized mouse sera not only for the type-specific virus used for immunization, but also for Nt of the seven other medically important flaviviruses.
- mice immunized with pCBWN and pCBWN-G 106 V will both have similar PRNT titers against WNV, whereas, pCBWN-G 106 V immunized mice will have significantly lower PRNT titer against SLEV, JEV, YF, and the four dengue serotype viruses, than wild-type pCBWN immunized mice.
- This example provides methods by which individual substitutions affecting different flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes can be combined into a single construct.
- Cells can be transformed with this double mutated plasmid (or another plasmid containing a sequence encoding an E glycoprotein having a combination of two or more mutated amino acids), and the antigen characterized.
- the G 106 Q substitution alone alters the reactivities of many mAbs recognizing distinct cross-reactive epitopes (Table 10).
- this substitution alone has no significant effect on the flavivirus group cross-reactive epitope recognized by MAb T-23-1.
- the L 107 K substitution does knock out the ability of mAb T-23-1 to recognize the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope. Without being bound by theory, this suggests that L 107 is incorporated in the cross-reactive epitope recognized by mAb T-23-1, while G 106 is not.
- G 106 Q/L 107 K antigen will combine the different effects observed from mAb screening of the individual mutants into a single, multiple substituted mutant.
- a multiple mutant plasmid can be used to produce improved type-specific antigens.
- these plasmids are expected to exhibit further reductions in cross-reactive immunogenicity while still inducing a potent type-specific immune response.
- This example provides methods for administering substances suitable for use as immune stimulatory compositions for the inhibition or treatment of a flavivirus infection.
- An immune stimulatory composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a flavivirus polypeptide that includes at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity (particularly in an E glycoprotein) can be administered to a subject at risk for, or exposed, to a flavivirus (e.g., a dengue virus, West Nile virus, etc.).
- a flavivirus e.g., a dengue virus, West Nile virus, etc.
- an immune stimulatory composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid vector that includes flavivirus nucleic acid molecules described herein, or that includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity (particularly in an E glycoprotein), can be administered to a subject at risk for, or exposed to a flavivirus.
- Therapeutically effective amounts of an immune stimulatory composition can be determined, in one example, by in vitro assays or animal studies. When in vitro or animal assays are used, a dosage is administered to provide a target tissue concentration similar to that which has been shown to be effective in the in vitro or animal assays.
- type type type type sub-comp. type Wild Type IFA 4.4 ⁇ 2.9 >4.4 3.5 4.1 >4.4 Ag-ELISA >5.3 2.9 >6.0 >6.0 >6.0 >6.0 T76M IFA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ nd ⁇ nd Ag-ELISA 0.8% ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ G104H IFA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ nd ⁇ nd Ag-ELISA na na na na na G106Q IFA 6% nd ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Ag-ELISA ⁇ 0.1% ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ L107K IFA 6% ⁇ ⁇ nd ⁇ nd Ag-ELISA 0.2% ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ E126A IFA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ nd ⁇ nd Ag-ELISA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ E126A/T226N IFA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ nd ⁇ nd Ag-ELISA ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ W231
- 64R AF59579: 77L: M24449, X15434, X15214; 107F: M24446 126K: L10053, D00346, M29095, AF204178, M24450, M24451, AF410348, AF410361, AF410362, AF410365, AF204177, D10514 226K: AB111452, AY158337; 247R: AF231718, AF231719, AF231720
- E-glycoprotein-specific mAbs recognizing each of the three E-glycoprotein domains mAb Name Virus Specificity Domain 4G2 DENV-2 group DII 6B6C-1 SLEV group DII T23-1 WNV group DII T23-2 JEV group DII 2B6B-2 SLEV sub-grp (not WNV) DII 4A1B-9 MVEV group DII 1B7-5 DENV-3 sub-grp: DEN + JE comp T21 DENV-3 sub-grp: DEN + JE comp 2B5B-3 SLEV sub-grp.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/892,714, filed Sep. 28, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,000,141, issued Apr. 7, 2015; which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/572,805, filed Jan. 26, 2007, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,906,292, issued Mar. 15, 2011; which is the §371 U.S. National Stage of PCT/US2005/026672, filed Jul. 27, 2005 (published in English under PCT Article 21(2)); which in turn claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/591,898, filed Jul. 27, 2004. Each of these listed patent documents is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- This invention was made by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, an agency of the United States Government. Therefore, the U.S. Government has certain rights in this invention.
- This disclosure relates to a structure-based rational mutagenesis method for identifying flavivirus envelope (E)-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes. The disclosure further relates to flavivirus E-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and mutants thereof having reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. Flavivirus cross-reactive E-glycoprotein epitopes with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are useful in the diagnosis, inhibition and treatment of diseases caused by flaviviruses.
- The Flaviviridae are a diverse family of enveloped viruses infecting both arthropods and vertebrates. Flaviviruses have a positive-sense single-stranded RNA genome 10.7 kb in length, transcribed into a single polyprotein precursor encoding three structural proteins, capsid, premembrane (prM), envelope (E), and seven non-structural proteins (Lindenbach & Rice, Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication. In Fields Virology, 4th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 991-1041, 2001; Rice et al., Science 229:726-33, 1985). The flavivirus E-glycoprotein is the primary antigen, inducing protective immunity; it is essential for membrane fusion, and mediates binding to cellular receptors (Allison et al., J. Virol. 75:4268-75, 2001; Crill & Roehrig, J. Virol. 75:7769-73, 2001; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). Flavivirus E-glycoprotein therefore directly affects host range, tissue tropism, and the virulence of these viruses.
- The flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three structural and functional domains. Domain I (DI) is an 8-stranded β-barrel containing two large insertion loops that form the elongated finger-like domain II (DII) (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). DII is involved in stabilizing the E-glycoprotein dimer and contains the internal fusion peptide (Allison et al., J. Virol. 75:4268-75, 2001). Domain III (DIII) forms a ten-stranded β-barrel with an immunoglobulin-like fold and contains the cellular receptor-binding motifs (Crill & Roehrig, J. Virol. 75:7769-73, 2001; Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003). DI and DIII contain predominately type-specific and subcomplex-reactive epitopes, whereas DII contains the major flavivirus group- and subgroup-cross-reactive epitopes, which are sensitive to reduction and denaturation and are formed from discontinuous amino acid sequences (Mandl et al., J. Virol. 63:564-71, 1989; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995; Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- Members of the Flaviviridae family that infect humans frequently cause severe morbidity and mortality, and epidemics of flaviviruses continue to be a major public health concern worldwide. More than two billion people are at risk of being infected with members of the genus Flavivirus which includes at least 70 distinct virus species (Burke & Monath, Flaviviruses. In Fields Virology, 4th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 1043-1125, 2001; Kuno et al., J. Virol. 72:73-83, 1998; Solomon & Mallewa, J. Infect. 42:104-15, 2001). The medically important flaviviruses include yellow fever (YF) virus in Africa, Latin and South America; Japanese encephalitis (JE) virus in Asia and Australia; West Nile (WN) virus in Africa, Central Europe, and most recently in North America; tick-borne encephalitis (TBE) complex viruses in the temperate regions of Europe, North America and Asia; and the four serotypes of dengue viruses (DEN-1, -2, -3, and -4) in tropical and subtropical regions of the world (Lindenbach & Rice, Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication. In Fields Virology, 4th ed., Knipe and Howley. Eds., Philadelphia, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, pp. 991-1041, 2001).
- Human infection by flaviviruses results in a humoral immune response involving virus species-specific as well as flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies (Calisher et al., J. Gen. Virol. 70:37-43, 1989; Tesh et al., Emerg. Inf. Dis. 8:245-51, 2002). The presence of flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies in human sera produces two public health concerns upon secondary infection with a heterologous flavivirus. Serodiagnosis of secondary flavivirus infections, especially in areas with multiple co-circulating flaviviruses, can be particularly difficult due to the inability to differentiate primary from secondary cross-reactive serum antibodies using currently available viral antigens. Therefore, definitive epidemiological information either cannot be obtained or is delayed to the point that effective control and prevention strategies may be delayed. Additionally, the presence of sub-neutralizing levels of flavivirus cross-reactive serum antibodies may result in increasing the severity of secondary flavivirus infections due to antibody-dependent enhancement (ADE), in particular, following secondary dengue virus infection (Ferguson et al., PNAS 96:790-94, 1999; Halstead, Rev. Infect. Dis. 11:830-39, 1989; Takada & Kawaoka, Rev. Med. Virol. 13:387-98, 2003; Wallace et al., J. Gen Virol. 84:1723-28, 2003). Thus, there exists a need for a method for identifying and characterizing flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes for improved flavivirus serodiagnosis and development of flavivirus vaccines.
- Multiple flavivirus E-glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and mutant E-glycoprotein polypeptides thereof exhibiting reduced or ablated cross-reactivity have been identified. In various embodiments, these E-glycoprotein polypeptides with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are capable of eliciting effective type-specific immune responses against flaviviruses. In one example, the identified cross-reactive epitopes incorporate the highly conserved Gly104, Gly106, and Leu107 residues. In another example, the identified cross-reactive epitope centers on the strictly conserved Trp231 residue and its structurally related neighbors Glu126 and Thr226.
- Also described herein are recombinant flavivirus E-glycoprotein constructs that can be used directly or indirectly to stimulate flavivirus type-specific antibodies. These constructs are designed to elicit T-cell, B-cell, or both T-cell and B-cell responses against flavivirus type-specific epitopes. The constructs, when integrated into a vector, can be used as immunogens, can be used as DNA vaccines, and can be used as sources of recombinant protein for stimulation of immune responses in subjects, as well as for protein boosts to subjects who have received a nucleic acid construct previously. Also provided are methods of identifying and characterizing flavivirus E-glycoprotein amino acid residues incorporated into cross-reactive epitopes, using structure-based rational mutagenesis.
- The foregoing and other features and advantages will become more apparent from the following detailed description of several embodiments, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying figures.
-
FIG. 1 is a diagrammatical representation of the quaternary structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, top view, looking down towards the viral surface, showing the locations of flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues (space-filling representation). The structural and functional domains I, II, and III are also shown. -
FIGS. 2A-2C are diagrammatical representations of the structural locations of cross-reactive epitope residues for flavivirus cross-reactive monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) in the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein dimer, as well as a bar graph indicating fold reductions in mAb reactivities assayed by indirect immuno-fluorescence assay (IFA) and/or antigen-capture ELISA (Ag-ELISA) for mutations at these E-glycoprotein positions. -
FIG. 2A is a diagrammatical representation of a portion of the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, showing the flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2 and 6B6C-1 epitope residues from the fusion peptide region of DII. The flavivirus fusion peptide comprises the highly conserved E-glycoprotein residues 98-113, which form a surface exposed loop of hydrophobic residues rich in glycine at the tip of DII (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995; Allison et al., J. Virol. 75:4268-75, 2001). The view is looking downward toward the viral membrane surface at an angle of approximately 45°, while looking in towards the fusion peptide region about 45° off of parallel to the dimer's longitudinal axis. The molecular surfaces of DI and DIII from the alternate sub-unit are depicted as space-filling Van der Waals surfaces to highlight the close fitting of the fusion peptide into this region. Fusion peptide residues 100-108 are depicted as stick representations with the participating amino acids labeled. Glycan moieties attached to Asn153 and Asn67 are labeled CHO153 and CHO67, respectively. -
FIG. 2B is a diagrammatical representation of a portion of the atomic structure of the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein homodimer, showing the flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 epitope residues. The view and labeling are the same as inFIG. 2A . Identified residues are depicted as sticks and labeled. -
FIG. 2C is a bar graph showing fold decreases in mAb reactivities in Ag-ELISA for DEN-2 VLPs with substitutions at the listed residues. mAbs 4G2 and 6B6C-1 are flavivirus group-reactive and 1B7-5 is flavivirus subgroup-reactive. Substitutions at G104 and W231 produced plasmids that were unable to secrete measurable VLP antigen into tissue culture media. Therefore, fold decreases in mAb reactivities for these two constructs are from IFA. Wild-type plasmid did not produce an endpoint nearly as far out in IFA as in Ag-ELISA (see Table 3), therefore the fold reductions for substitutions at G104 and W231 were not as great as for other constructs measured by Ag-ELISA, even though substitutions at these two positions appeared to completely ablate mAb reactivity. -
FIG. 3 is a bar graph showing the percent of cross-reactive epitope residue substitutions altering reactivities of mAbs of different cross-reactivities. The total number of SLEV and WNV mAbs of each type is shown in the legend on the y-axis, and the number of substitutions altering these mAbs is shown in the columns. - Appendix I contains Tables 1-13.
- The nucleic and amino acid sequences listed in the accompanying sequence listing are shown using standard letter abbreviations for nucleotide bases, and three letter code for amino acids, as defined in 37 C.F.R. 1.822. Only one strand of each nucleic acid sequence is shown, but the complementary strand is understood as included by any reference to the displayed strand. In the accompanying sequence listing:
- SEQ ID NOs: 1-12 show the nucleic acid sequences of mutagenic primers used to generate the K64N mutation, T76M mutation, Q77R mutation, G104H mutation, G106Q mutation, L107K mutation, E126A mutation, T226N mutation, W231F mutation, W231L mutation, H244R mutation, and K247R mutation, respectively, in the pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid.
- SEQ ID NOs: 13 and 14 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 15 and 16 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G104H substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 17 and 18 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G106Q substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 19 and 20 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the L107K substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 21 and 22 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the E126A substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 23 and 24 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the T226N substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 25 and 26 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the W231F substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 27 and 28 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the W231L substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 29 and 30 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the double E126A/T226N substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 31-79 show the nucleic acid sequences of mutagenic primers used to generate site-specific mutations into the SLEV and WNV E genes.
- SEQ ID NOs: 80 and 81 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant SLEV virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 82 and 83 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant SLEV virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G106Q substitution.
- SEQ ID NOs: 84 and 85 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant WNV virus E-glycoprotein antigen.
- SEQ ID NOs: 86 and 87 show the nucleic and amino acid sequences of a recombinant WNV virus E-glycoprotein antigen incorporating the G106V substitution.
- The Sequence Listing is submitted as an ASCII text file in the form of the file named Sequence_Listing.txt, which was created on Mar. 3, 2015, and is 167,252 bytes, which is incorporated by reference herein.
- ADE antibody-dependent enhancement
- Ag-ELISA antigen-capture ELISA
- D domain
- DEN dengue
- DENV dengue virus
- E envelope
- ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
- IFA indirect immuno-fluorescence assay
- JE Japanese encephalitis
- JEV Japanese encephalitis virus
- mAb monoclonal antibody
- MHIAF murine hyper-immune ascetic fluid
- MVEV Murray Valley encephalitis virus
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- prM premembrane
- SLE St. Louis encephalitis
- SLEV St. Louis encephalitis virus
- TBE tick-borne encephalitis
- VLP virus-like particle
- WN West Nile
- WNV West Nile virus
- YF yellow fever
- Unless otherwise noted, technical terms are used according to conventional usage. Definitions of common terms in molecular biology may be found in Benjamin Lewin, Genes VII, published by Oxford University Press, 2000 (ISBN 019879276X); Kendrew et al. (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology, published by Blackwell Publishers, 1994 (ISBN 0632021829); and Robert A. Meyers (ed.), Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: a Comprehensive Desk Reference, published by Wiley, John & Sons, Inc., 1995 (ISBN 0471186341); and other similar references.
- As used herein, the singular terms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless context clearly indicates otherwise. Similarly, the word “or” is intended to include “and” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Also, as used herein, the term “comprises” means “includes.” Hence “comprising A or B” means including A, B, or A and B. It is further to be understood that all base sizes or amino acid sizes, and all molecular weight or molecular mass values, given for nucleic acids or polypeptides are approximate, and are provided for description. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including explanations of terms, will control. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
- In order to facilitate review of the various embodiments of this disclosure, the following explanations of specific terms are provided:
- Animal: Living multi-cellular vertebrate organisms, a category that includes, for example, mammals and birds. The term mammal includes both human and non-human mammals. Similarly, the term “subject” includes both human and veterinary subjects, for example, humans, non-human primates, dogs, cats, horses, and cows.
- Antibody: A protein (or protein complex) that includes one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes. The recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda. Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
- The basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is generally a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kDa) and one “heavy” (about 50-70 kDa) chain. The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms “variable light chain” (VL) and “variable heavy chain” (VH) refer, respectively, to these light and heavy chains.
- As used herein, the term “antibody” includes intact immunoglobulins as well as a number of well-characterized fragments. For instance, Fabs, Fvs, and single-chain Fvs (SCFvs) that bind to target protein (or epitope within a protein or fusion protein) would also be specific binding agents for that protein (or epitope). These antibody fragments are as follows: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain; (2) Fab′, the fragment of an antibody molecule obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab′ fragments are obtained per antibody molecule; (3) (Fab′)2, the fragment of the antibody obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; (4) F(ab′)2, a dimer of two Fab′ fragments held together by two disulfide bonds; (5) Fv, a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains; and (6) single chain antibody, a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain, the variable region of the heavy chain, linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule. Methods of making these fragments are routine (see, for example, Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999).
- Antibodies for use in the methods and compositions of this disclosure can be monoclonal or polyclonal. Merely by way of example, monoclonal antibodies can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstein (Nature 256:495-97, 1975) or derivative methods thereof. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999.
- Antibody binding affinity: The strength of binding between a single antibody binding site and a ligand (e.g., an antigen or epitope). The affinity of an antibody binding site X for a ligand Y is represented by the dissociation constant (Kd), which is the concentration of Y that is required to occupy half of the binding sites of X present in a solution. A smaller (Kd) indicates a stronger or higher-affinity interaction between X and Y and a lower concentration of ligand is needed to occupy the sites. In general, antibody binding affinity can be affected by the alteration, modification and/or substitution of one or more amino acids in the epitope recognized by the antibody paratope.
- In one example, antibody binding affinity is measured by end-point titration in an Ag-ELISA assay. Antibody binding affinity is substantially lowered (or measurably reduced) by the modification and/or substitution of one or more amino acids in the epitope recognized by the antibody paratope if the end-point titer of a specific antibody for the modified/substituted epitope differs by at least 4-fold, such as at least 10-fold, at least 100-fold or greater, as compared to the unaltered epitope.
- Antigen: A compound, composition, or substance that can stimulate the production of antibodies or a T-cell response in an animal, including compositions that are injected or absorbed into an animal. An antigen reacts with the products of specific humoral or cellular immunity, including those induced by heterologous immunogens. In one embodiment, an antigen is a flavivirus antigen.
- cDNA (complementary DNA): A piece of DNA lacking internal, non-coding segments (introns) and regulatory sequences that determine transcription. cDNA is synthesized in the laboratory by reverse transcription from messenger RNA extracted from cells.
- Epitope: An antigenic determinant. These are particular chemical groups, such as contiguous or non-contiguous peptide sequences, on a molecule that are antigenic, that is, that elicit a specific immune response. An antibody binds a particular antigenic epitope based on the three dimensional structure of the antibody and the matching (or cognate) three dimensional structure of the epitope.
- A “cross-reactive epitope” is an epitope found in two or more antigens expressed by different genes, and responsible for inducing cross-reactive antibodies. For example, a “flavivirus cross-reactive epitope” is a flavivirus epitope found in a peptide from two or more flaviviruses, and responsible for inducing flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies.
- A “substituted epitope” comprises at least one structural substitution in the epitope, such as a substitution of one amino acid for another. In certain provided embodiments, amino acid substitutions at probable or identified cross-reactive epitope residues are designed to reduce or ablate cross-reactive antibody recognition without substantially altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation or affecting type-specific antibody binding sites, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion.
- Flavivirus cross-reactive antibody: An antibody that recognizes (that is, specifically binds to) an epitope found on a peptide from more than one species of flavivirus. Flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies are classified as either complex cross-reactive or group cross-reactive antibodies. Complex cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by all viruses within a complex, such as the JE virus complex or the DEN virus complex. Group cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by all members of the genus Flavivirus.
- Antibody cross-reactivity is further refined within the sub-complex and sub-group cross-reactive categories. Sub-complex cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by most, but not all, members of a particular flavivirus complex (e.g., DENV-1, -2, and -3, but not DENV-4), while sub-group cross-reactive antibodies recognize epitopes shared by flaviviruses from several complexes, but not all members of the flavivirus group (e.g., all members of the DEN virus and JE virus complexes, but not all members of the tick-borne virus complex). Specific, non-limiting examples of flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies include the group cross-reactive mAbs 4G2 and 6B6C-1, the sub-group cross-reactive mAb 1B7-5, and the sub-complex cross-reactive mAb 10A1D-2.
- Flavivirus E-glycoprotein: A structural envelope protein that mediates binding of flavivirus virions to cellular receptors on host cells. The flavivirus E-glycoprotein is required for membrane fusion, and is the primary antigen inducing protective immunity to flavivirus infection. Flavivirus E-glycoprotein affects host range, tissue tropism and viral virulence. The flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three structural and functional domains, DI-DIII. In mature virus particles the E-glycoprotein forms head to tail homodimers lying flat and forming a dense lattice on the viral surface.
- Flavivirus E-glycoprotein domain: A domain of a protein is a part of a protein that shares common structural, physiochemical and/or functional features; for example hydrophobic, polar, globular, helical domains or properties, for example a DNA binding domain, an ATP binding domain, and the like. The flavivirus E-glycoprotein contains three recognized structural and functional domains, DI-DIII. DI is an 8-stranded β-barrel containing two large insertion loops that form the elongated finger-like DII. DII is involved in stabilizing the E-glycoprotein dimer and contains the internal fusion peptide that mediates flaviviral entry into host cells via membrane fusion. DIII forms a ten-stranded β-barrel with an immunoglobulin-like fold and contains the cellular receptor-binding motifs. DI and DIII contain predominately type- and subtype-specific epitopes, whereas DII contains the major flavivirus group and subgroup cross-reactive epitopes, which are sensitive to reduction and denaturation and are therefore believed to be formed from discontinuous amino acid sequences.
- Flavivirus type-specific antibody: An antibody that recognizes (that is, specifically binds to) an epitope found on a peptide from only one specific member of the flaviviruses. Specific, non-limiting examples of flavivirus type-specific antibodies include: DI mAb 9A4D-1, DII mAb 1A5D-1, and DIII mAbs 3H5, 9A3D-8 and 9D12, which only recognize epitopes found in the DENV-2 E-glycoprotein.
- Hybridization: Oligonucleotides and their analogs hybridize by hydrogen bonding, which includes Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary bases. Generally, nucleic acid consists of nitrogenous bases that are either pyrimidines (cytosine (C), uracil (U), and thymine (T)) or purines (adenine (A) and guanine (G)). These nitrogenous bases form hydrogen bonds between a pyrimidine and a purine, and the bonding of the pyrimidine to the purine is referred to as “base pairing.” More specifically, A will hydrogen bond to T or U, and G will bond to C. “Complementary” refers to the base pairing that occurs between two distinct nucleic acid sequences or two distinct regions of the same nucleic acid sequence.
- “Specifically hybridizable” and “specifically complementary” are terms that indicate a sufficient degree of complementarity such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide (or its analog) and the DNA or RNA target. The oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analog need not be 100% complementary to its target sequence to be specifically hybridizable. An oligonucleotide or analog is specifically hybridizable when binding of the oligonucleotide or analog to the target DNA or RNA molecule interferes with the normal function of the target DNA or RNA, and there is a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the oligonucleotide or analog to non-target sequences under conditions where specific binding is desired, for example under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or systems. Such binding is referred to as specific hybridization.
- Hybridization conditions resulting in particular degrees of stringency will vary depending upon the nature of the hybridization method of choice and the composition and length of the hybridizing nucleic acid sequences. Generally, the temperature of hybridization and the ionic strength (especially the Na+ and/or Mg++ concentration) of the hybridization buffer will determine the stringency of hybridization, though wash times also influence stringency. Calculations regarding hybridization conditions required for attaining particular degrees of stringency are discussed by Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989,
chapters - For purposes of the present disclosure, “stringent conditions” encompass conditions under which hybridization will only occur if there is less than 25% mismatch between the hybridization molecule and the target sequence. “Stringent conditions” may be broken down into particular levels of stringency for more precise definition. Thus, as used herein, “moderate stringency” conditions are those under which molecules with more than 25% sequence mismatch will not hybridize; conditions of “medium stringency” are those under which molecules with more than 15% mismatch will not hybridize, and conditions of “high stringency” are those under which sequences with more than 10% mismatch will not hybridize. Conditions of “very high stringency” are those under which sequences with more than 6% mismatch will not hybridize.
- “Specific hybridization” refers to the binding, duplexing, or hybridizing of a molecule only or substantially only to a particular nucleotide sequence when that sequence is present in a complex mixture (for example, total cellular DNA or RNA). Specific hybridization may also occur under conditions of varying stringency.
- Immune stimulatory composition: A term used herein to mean a composition useful for stimulating or eliciting a specific immune response (or immunogenic response) in a vertebrate. The immune stimulatory composition can be a protein antigen or a plasmid vector used to express a protein antigen. In some embodiments, the immunogenic response is protective or provides protective immunity, in that it enables the vertebrate animal to better resist infection with or disease progression from the organism against which the immune stimulatory composition is directed.
- Without wishing to be bound by a specific theory, it is believed that an immunogenic response induced by an immune stimulatory composition may arise from the generation of an antibody specific to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. Alternatively, the response may comprise a T-helper or cytotoxic cell-based response to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. All three of these responses may originate from naïve or memory cells. One specific example of a type of immune stimulatory composition is a vaccine.
- In some embodiments, an “effective amount” or “immune-stimulatory amount” of an immune stimulatory composition is an amount which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to engender a detectable immune response. Such a response may comprise, for instance, generation of an antibody specific to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. Alternatively, the response may comprise a T-helper or CTL-based response to one or more of the epitopes provided in the immune stimulatory composition. All three of these responses may originate from naïve or memory cells. In other embodiments, a “protective effective amount” of an immune stimulatory composition is an amount which, when administered to a subject, is sufficient to confer protective immunity upon the subject.
- Inhibiting or treating a disease: Inhibiting the full development of a disease or condition, for example, in a subject who is at risk for a disease. Specific examples of diseases include dengue fever, dengue hemorrhagic fever, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, tick-borne encephalitis, and West Nile disease. “Treatment” refers to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop. As used herein, the term “ameliorating,” with reference to a disease, pathological condition or symptom, refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment. The beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the number of relapses of the disease, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease.
- Isolated: An “isolated” or “purified” biological component (such as a nucleic acid, peptide, protein, protein complex, or particle) has been substantially separated, produced apart from, or purified away from other biological components in the cell of the organism in which the component naturally occurs, that is, other chromosomal and extrachromosomal DNA and RNA, and proteins. Nucleic acids, peptides and proteins that have been “isolated” or “purified” thus include nucleic acids and proteins purified by standard purification methods. The term also embraces nucleic acids, peptides and proteins prepared by recombinant expression in a host cell, as well as chemically synthesized nucleic acids or proteins. The term “isolated” or “purified” does not require absolute purity; rather, it is intended as a relative term. Thus, for example, an isolated biological component is one in which the biological component is more enriched than the biological component is in its natural environment within a cell, or other production vessel. Preferably, a preparation is purified such that the biological component represents at least 50%, such as at least 70%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or greater, of the total biological component content of the preparation.
- Nucleic acid molecule: A polymeric form of nucleotides, which may include both sense and anti-sense strands of RNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, and synthetic forms and mixed polymers of the above. A nucleotide refers to a ribonucleotide, deoxynucleotide or a modified form of either type of nucleotide. The term “nucleic acid molecule” as used herein is synonymous with “nucleic acid” and “polynucleotide.” A nucleic acid molecule is usually at least 10 bases in length, unless otherwise specified. The term includes single- and double-stranded forms of DNA. A polynucleotide may include either or both naturally occurring and modified nucleotides linked together by naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring nucleotide linkages.
- Oligonucleotide: A nucleic acid molecule generally comprising a length of 300 bases or fewer. The term often refers to single-stranded deoxyribonucleotides, but it can refer as well to single- or double-stranded ribonucleotides, RNA:DNA hybrids and double-stranded DNAs, among others. The term “oligonucleotide” also includes oligonucleosides (that is, an oligonucleotide minus the phosphate) and any other organic base polymer.
- In some examples, oligonucleotides are about 10 to about 90 bases in length, for example, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 bases in length. Other oligonucleotides are about 25, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55, about 60 bases, about 65 bases, about 70 bases, about 75 bases or about 80 bases in length. Oligonucleotides may be single-stranded, for example, for use as probes or primers, or may be double-stranded, for example, for use in the construction of a mutant gene. Oligonucleotides can be either sense or anti-sense oligonucleotides. An oligonucleotide can be modified as discussed above in reference to nucleic acid molecules. Oligonucleotides can be obtained from existing nucleic acid sources (for example, genomic or cDNA), but can also be synthetic (for example, produced by laboratory or in vitro oligonucleotide synthesis).
- Operably linked: A first nucleic acid sequence is operably linked with a second nucleic acid sequence when the first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence is the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Generally, operably linked DNA sequences are contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame. If introns are present, the operably linked DNA sequences may not be contiguous.
- Paratope: That portion of an antibody that is responsible for its binding to an antigenic determinant (epitope) on an antigen.
- Polypeptide: A polymer in which the monomers are amino acid residues joined together through amide bonds. When the amino acids are alpha-amino acids, either the L-optical isomer or the D-optical isomer can be used, the L-isomers being preferred for many biological uses. The terms “polypeptide” or “protein” as used herein are intended to encompass any amino acid molecule and include modified amino acid molecules such as glycoproteins. The term “polypeptide” is specifically intended to cover naturally occurring proteins, as well as those which are recombinantly or synthetically produced.
- Probes and primers: A probe comprises an isolated nucleic acid molecule attached to a detectable label or other reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, enzyme substrates, co-factors, ligands, chemiluminescent or fluorescent agents, haptens, and enzymes. Methods for labeling and guidance in the choice of labels appropriate for various purposes are discussed, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 and Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
- Primers are short nucleic acid molecules, for instance DNA oligonucleotides 6 nucleotides or more in length, for example that hybridize to contiguous complementary nucleotides or a sequence to be amplified. Longer DNA oligonucleotides may be about 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 50 nucleotides or more in length. Primers can be annealed to a complementary target DNA strand by nucleic acid hybridization to form a hybrid between the primer and the target DNA strand, and then the primer extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification of a nucleic acid sequence, for example, by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or other nucleic-acid amplification methods known in the art. Other examples of amplification include strand displacement amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,311; transcription-free isothermal amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,881; repair chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in WO 90/01069; ligase chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in EP-A-320 308; gap filling ligase chain reaction amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,930; and NASBA™ RNA transcription-free amplification, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,134.
- Methods for preparing and using nucleic acid probes and primers are described, for example, in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989; Ausubel et al. Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999; and Innis et al. PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif., 1990. Amplification primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5,© 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge, Mass.). One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the specificity of a particular probe or primer increases with its length. Thus, in order to obtain greater specificity, probes and primers can be selected that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleotide sequences.
- Recombinant nucleic acid: A nucleic acid molecule that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989. The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of a natural nucleic acid molecule.
- Regulatory sequences or elements: These terms refer generally to a class of DNA sequences that influence or control expression of genes. Included in the term are promoters, enhancers, locus control regions (LCRs), insulators/boundary elements, silencers, matrix attachment regions (MARs, also referred to as scaffold attachment regions), repressor, transcriptional terminators, origins of replication, centromeres, and meiotic recombination hotspots. Promoters are sequences of DNA near the 5′-end of a gene that act as a binding site for DNA-dependent RNA polymerase, and from which transcription is initiated. Enhancers are control elements that elevate the level of transcription from a promoter, usually independently of the enhancer's orientation or distance from the promoter. LCRs confer tissue-specific and temporally regulated expression to genes to which they are linked. LCRs function independently of their position in relation to the gene, but are copy-number dependent. It is believed that they function to open the nucleosome structure, so other factors can bind to the DNA. LCRs may also affect replication timing and origin usage. Insulators (also known as boundary elements) are DNA sequences that prevent the activation (or inactivation) of transcription of a gene, by blocking effects of surrounding chromatin. Silencers and repressors are control elements that suppress gene expression; they act on a gene independently of their orientation or distance from the gene. MARs are sequences within DNA that bind to the nuclear scaffold; they can affect transcription, possibly by separating chromosomes into regulatory domains. It is believed that MARs mediate higher-order, looped structures within chromosomes. Transcriptional terminators are regions within the gene vicinity where RNA polymerase is released from the template. Origins of replication are regions of the genome, during DNA synthesis or replication phases of cell division, that begin the replication process of DNA. Meiotic recombination hotspots are regions of the genome that recombine more frequently than average during meiosis.
- Sequence identity: The similarity between two nucleic acid sequences, or two amino acid sequences, is expressed in terms of the similarity between the sequences, otherwise referred to as sequence identity. Sequence identity is frequently measured in terms of percentage identity (or similarity or homology); the higher the percentage, the more similar the two sequences are.
- Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Various programs and alignment algorithms are described in: Smith and Waterman (Adv. Appl. Math., 2:482, 1981); Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol. Biol., 48:443, 1970); Pearson and Lipman (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 85:2444, 1988); Higgins and Sharp (Gene, 73:237-44, 1988); Higgins and Sharp (CABIOS, 5:151-53, 1989); Corpet et al. (Nuc. Acids Res., 16:10881-90, 1988); Huang et al. (Comp. Appls. Biosci., 8:155-65, 1992); and Pearson et al. (Meth. Mol. Biol., 24:307-31, 1994). Altschul et al. (Nature Genet., 6:119-29, 1994) presents a detailed consideration of sequence alignment methods and homology calculations.
- The alignment tools ALIGN (Myers and Miller, CABIOS 4:11-17, 1989) or LFASTA (Pearson and Lipman, 1988) may be used to perform sequence comparisons (Internet Program© 1996, W. R. Pearson and the University of Virginia, “fasta20u63” version 2.0u63, release date December 1996). ALIGN compares entire sequences against one another, while LFASTA compares regions of local similarity. These alignment tools and their respective tutorials are available on the Internet at the NCSA website. Alternatively, for comparisons of amino acid sequences of greater than about 30 amino acids, the “Blast 2 sequences” function can be employed using the default BLOSUM62 matrix set to default parameters, (gap existence cost of 11, and a per residue gap cost of 1). When aligning short peptides (fewer than around 30 amino acids), the alignment should be performed using the “Blast 2 sequences” function, employing the PAM30 matrix set to default parameters (
open gap 9,extension gap 1 penalties). The BLAST sequence comparison system is available, for instance, from the NCBI web site; see also Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol., 215:403-10, 1990; Gish and States, Nature Genet., 3:266-72, 1993; Madden et al., Meth. Enzymol., 266:131-41, 1996; Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 25:3389-402, 1997; and Zhang and Madden, Genome Res., 7:649-56, 1997. - Orthologs (equivalent to proteins of other species) of proteins are in some instances characterized by possession of greater than 75% sequence identity counted over the full-length alignment with the amino acid sequence of specific protein using ALIGN set to default parameters. Proteins with even greater similarity to a reference sequence will show increasing percentage identities when assessed by this method, such as at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 95%, or at least 98% sequence identity. In addition, sequence identity can be compared over the full length of one or both binding domains of the disclosed fusion proteins.
- When significantly less than the entire sequence is being compared for sequence identity, homologous sequences will typically possess at least 80% sequence identity over short windows of 10-20, and may possess sequence identities of at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% depending on their similarity to the reference sequence. Sequence identity over such short windows can be determined using LFASTA; methods are described at the NCSA website. One of skill in the art will appreciate that these sequence identity ranges are provided for guidance only; it is entirely possible that strongly significant homologs could be obtained that fall outside of the ranges provided. Similar homology concepts apply for nucleic acids as are described for protein. An alternative indication that two nucleic acid molecules are closely related is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions.
- Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that each encode substantially the same protein.
- Specific binding agent: An agent that binds substantially only to a defined target. Thus a protein-specific binding agent binds substantially only the defined protein, or to a specific region within the protein. As used herein, protein-specific binding agents include antibodies and other agents that bind substantially to a specified polypeptide. The antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies that are specific for the polypeptide, as well as immunologically effective portions (“fragments”) thereof.
- The determination that a particular agent binds substantially only to a specific polypeptide may readily be made by using or adapting routine procedures. Examples of suitable in vitro assays which make use of the Western blotting procedure include IFA and Ag-ELISA, and are described in many standard texts, including Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999.
- Transformed: A “transformed” cell is a cell into which has been introduced a nucleic acid molecule by molecular biology techniques. The term encompasses all techniques by which a nucleic acid molecule might be introduced into such a cell, including transfection with viral vectors, transformation with plasmid vectors, and introduction of naked DNA by electroporation, lipofection, and particle gun acceleration.
- Vector: A nucleic acid molecule as introduced into a host cell, thereby producing a transformed host cell. A vector may include nucleic acid sequences that permit it to replicate in a host cell, such as an origin of replication. A vector may also include one or more selectable marker genes and other genetic elements known in the art.
- Isolated mutant flavivirus polypeptides exhibiting measurably reduced antibody cross-reactivity (compared to corresponding wild-type polypeptides) are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins). Specific, non-limiting examples of the amino acid substitutions at positions 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, and 231 include: G104H (SEQ ID NO: 16), G106Q (SEQ ID NO: 18), L107K (SEQ ID NO: 20), E126A (SEQ ID NO: 22), T226N (SEQ ID NO: 24), W231F (SEQ ID NO: 26), and W231L (SEQ ID NO: 28). Also disclosed are isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, and 27.
- In another embodiment, the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 81, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 106 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins). Specific, non-limiting examples of the amino acid substitutions at position 106 include: G106Q (SEQ ID NO: 83). Also disclosed are isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81. A representative nucleic acid molecule is shown in SEQ ID NO: 82.
- In yet another embodiment, the isolated flavivirus polypeptides are flavivirus E-glycoproteins that include an amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 85, wherein at least one of the amino acids at position 106 is substituted (compared to corresponding wild-type E-glycoproteins). Specific, non-limiting examples of the amino acid substitutions at position 106 include: G106V (SEQ ID NO: 87). Also disclosed are isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 85. A representative nucleic acid molecule is shown in SEQ ID NO: 86.
- Pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions are also disclosed that include one or more flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides exhibiting measurably reduced antibody cross-reactivity, with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions that include one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 104, 106, 107, 126, 226, or 231 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, and 27.
- Also disclosed are pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions that include one or more flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides exhibiting measurably reduced antibody cross-reactivity, with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81 or SEQ ID NO: 85. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical and immune stimulatory compositions that include one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding the flavivirus polypeptides with at least one amino acid substitution at position 106 of SEQ ID NO: 81 or SEQ ID NO: 85. Representative nucleic acid molecules are shown in SEQ ID NOs: 82 and 86.
- In another embodiment, a method is provided for identifying and modifying a flavivirus cross-reactive epitope. This method includes selecting a candidate cross-reactive epitope using a structure-based design approach, and designing a substituted epitope including at least one amino acid residue substitution compared to the candidate epitope. The candidate epitope is then contacted with a specific binding agent under conditions whereby a candidate epitope/specific binding agent complex can form. Likewise, the substituted epitope is contacted with the same specific binding agent under the same conditions used for candidate epitope/specific binding agent complex formation. A candidate epitope is identified as a flavivirus cross-reactive epitope when the substituted epitope has a substantially lower binding affinity for the specific binding agent compared to the candidate epitope, and wherein the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope binds to a specific binding agent that binds to at least two flaviviruses. In specific, non-limiting examples, the at least two flaviviruses are selected from
dengue serotype 1 virus, dengue serotype 2 virus, dengue serotype 3 virus,dengue serotype 4 virus, yellow fever virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, St. Louis encephalitis virus, and West Nile virus. In yet another specific example of the provided method, the specific binding agent is a flavivirus cross-reactive antibody. - In a further specific example of the provided method, the structure-based design approach includes identifying at least one conserved flavivirus amino acid between two or more flavivirus groups or subgroups, and mapping the conserved flavivirus amino acid onto a structure of a flavivirus E-glycoprotein. In another specific example, the conserved flavivirus amino acid exhibits two or more of the following structural characteristics: it is located in DII of the E-glycoprotein, it is conserved across the flaviviruses, it is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, it has at least 35% surface accessibility potential, its side chain projection is accessible for antibody paratopes, or it has a high β-factor.
- In yet a further specific example of the provided method, the structure-based design approach includes identifying at least one conserved flavivirus amino acid between two or more flavivirus complexes or subcomplexes, and mapping the conserved flavivirus amino acid onto a structure of a flavivirus E-glycoprotein. In still another specific example, the conserved flavivirus amino acid exhibits two or more of the following structural characteristics: it has at least 35% surface accessibility potential, it is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, it is conserved across the flaviviruses, its side chain projection is accessible for antibody paratopes, or it has a high β-factor.
- In another embodiment, a method is provided for detecting a flavivirus antibody in a sample. This method includes contacting the sample with the disclosed mutant flavivirus polypeptides under conditions whereby a polypeptide/antibody complex can form, and detecting polypeptide/antibody complex formation, thereby detecting a flavivirus antibody in a sample. Also disclosed are methods of diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject. In one embodiment, the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with the disclosed mutant flavivirus polypeptides under conditions whereby a polypeptide/antibody complex can form, and detecting polypeptide/antibody complex formation, thereby diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject.
- Also disclosed is a flavivirus E-glycoprotein engineered to comprise at least one amino acid residue substitution according to the methods described herein.
- The current disclosure provides methods for identifying flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes, as well as distinguishing such epitopes from species-specific (or type-specific) epitopes.
- In one embodiment, the method comprises a structure-based design approach, which optionally includes one or more of the following requirements in order to identify cross-reactive epitopes: 1) the epitope is located in DII of the E-glycoprotein, for example, amino acids 52-135 and 195-285 in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein, 52-132 and 193-280 in the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein, and conserved across the flaviviruses or multiple flaviviral species; 2) the epitope is on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer; 3) the epitope has at least 35% surface accessibility potential; 4) one or more side chain projections of amino acids within the epitope are accessible to antibody paratopes; and 5) residues with high temperature (β) factors are favored.
- In one embodiment, a structure-based design approach comprises a procedural algorithm developed to localize epitopes responsible for inducing flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies. Strictly-conserved flavivirus residues are initially identified. These residues are mapped, for example, onto a 2.0 Å resolution E-glycoprotein structure for TBE virus (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995), a high resolution DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein structure (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003), or other similar structure. Optionally, strictly-conserved flavivirus residues are also mapped onto a computer predicted homology model structure for the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein using, for example, the Swiss-Pdb Viewer 3.7 structure analysis software (Guex et al., Electrophoresis 18:2714-23, 1997).
- The following criteria (individually or in combination of two or more) are then employed in certain embodiments to select probable flavivirus group or subgroup cross-reactive epitope residues: 1) an amino acid located in DII (for example, amino acids 52-135 and 195-285 in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995); 52-132 and 193-280 in the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003)), and conserved among more than one flavivirus; 2) amino acids on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer; 3) amino acids with at least 35% surface accessibility potential; 4) side chain projections accessible to antibody paratopes; and 5) residues with high temperature (β) factors should be favored, as these residues tend to be flexible and are able to conform to the antibody paratope, increasing the antibody-antigen (Ab-Ag) affinity.
- Similar criteria (individually or in combination of two or more) are employed in certain embodiments to select probable flavivirus complex or subcomplex cross-reactive epitope residues. The procedural algorithm for the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes utilizes the following optimality criteria: 1) The identification and selection of amino acid residues with ≧35% of their surface solvent accessible. These residues are identified from the published atomic structure coordinates of the DENV-2 soluble ectodomain of the envelope glycoprotein and homology models of SLEV and WNV derived from the DENV-2 structure (Modis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100:6986-91, 2003). In addition to examination of amino acid residues in structural domain II, residues in domains I and III were examined, since published results indicate that some complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes are mapped onto domains I and III in addition to domain II (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). 2) Amino acids on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, and accessible to antibody. 3) Amino acid conservation across the flavivirus complex (based upon a structural alignment of the protein sequences). Residues conserved across all member viruses of the same complex are favored. If conserved within but not across the entire complex, then residues with shared identities between WNV and SLEV are favored in the JEV complex, and residues with shared identities between DENV-2 and two or more other viruses in the DENY complex are favored over those shared with DENV-2 and only one other DENY complex virus. 4) Side chain projections exposed towards the outer surface and accessible to antibody paratopes. 5) Residues with high temperature (β-) factors should be favored, as these residues tend to be flexible and are able to conform to the antibody paratope, increasing the antibody-antigen affinity Amino acid residues with high temperature factors are more commonly found in antigen epitopes than lower temperature factor residues. 6) Following identification of potential individual flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues, all residues are mapped and highlighted on the same E-glycoprotein dimer structure together. With this technique, groups of potential cross-reactive epitope residues forming clusters (and hence probable epitopes) are readily identified. 7) Residues fitting all of these criteria and occurring in structural clusters approximately 20×30 Å2 (which is the average “footprint” of an antibody Fab that interacts with an antigen epitope) are favored over residues that are more isolated in the protein structure. 8) Within an identified structural cluster of potential epitope residues, residues that more completely satisfy greater numbers of the optimality criteria are selected for the first round of mutagenesis analysis.
- A. Outer and/or Lateral Surface Amino Acids
- In one embodiment, the outer and/or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer comprises those residues which are exposed on the surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer in a way that they are physically capable of interacting with a host-derived immunoglobulin antibody molecule. The flavivirus virion contains a host cell-derived lipid bilayer, with E-glycoprotein dimers imbedded within this lipid bilayer via their trans-membrane domains. The ectodomains of the E-glycoprotein dimers lie on top of this bilayer, forming a dense lattice and essentially coating the virion in a protein shell. Because of this structural organization, there are regions of the E-glycoprotein that, under general assembled virion conditions, cannot physically interact with an immunoglobulin molecule, and therefore are highly unlikely to form part of an antibody epitope. Such inaccessible regions include the trans-membrane domains (because they are imbedded within the lipid bilayer and are covered by the ectodomain) and more than two-thirds of the residues of the ectodomain itself, which are either on the bottom surface of the dimer (and therefore packed between the lipid layer and the ectodomain), or are packed into the interior of this globular protein rather than on its surface. Because of these structural constraints, under normal conditions immunoglobulin molecules can only interact with residues on the outer exposed surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, and with a subset of residues on the outer lateral surface. Because of the close packing of E-glycoprotein dimers into a network across the surface of the virion, and the difficulty of a large immunoglobulin molecule accessing these narrow spaces, it is believed that only some of the lateral surface residues are available for immunoglobulin interaction. For these reasons, only residues located on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein are considered as participating in possible flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes. An inspection of the location of a residue (e.g., a residue conserved among more than one flavivirus, such as Gly104, Gly106, Leu107, or Trp231) in the E-glycoprotein dimer atomic structure allows for a determination as to whether or not a residue is located on the outer or lateral surface of the dimer.
- In one embodiment, surface accessibility potential comprises that portion of the predicted electron density surrounding any amino acid residue's side chain that is exposed on the surface of the protein, and theoretically available to interact with another molecule. For any given “surface” residue, its surface accessibility is affected by the local (and surrounding) secondary structure of the alpha-carbon main chain, and the positions and types of immediately surrounding side-chain projections. Thus, by definition, maximum accessibility would be for a residue X in the peptide GGXGG in an extended conformation, as the glycine residues have no side chains and therefore amino acid X's surface accessibility is not constrained by either the alpha-carbon backbone shape or the surrounding residues' side chain projections (see, e.g., Li et al., Nature Struct. Bio. 10:482-88, 2003; and Faelber et al., J. Mol. Biol. 313:83-97, 2001).
- In one embodiment, the side chain projection(s) accessible for antibody paratopes comprises a qualitative assessment of how exposed and/or available a given amino acid's reactive side chain is to interact with a hypothetical immunoglobulin molecule. The angle of projection of a side chain is determined primarily by its position in the primary amino acid chain. However, upon folding of this polypeptide chain, the side chain projections are additionally altered or affected by electrostatic and other forces from surrounding residues. The accessibility of an amino acid's side chain projections to be bound by antibody is a specific criterion that is inherent in an amino acid's “surface accessibility.” Hence, theoretical amino acid X could have 50% surface accessibility and yet its side-chain may still be directed towards the interior of the protein and therefore be unlikely to interact energetically with an immunoglobulin molecule (see, e.g., Li et al., Nature Struct. Bio. 10:482-88, 2003; Faelber et al., J. Mol. Biol. 313:83-97, 2001; and Eyal et al., J. Comp. Chem. 25: 712-24, 2003).
- In one embodiment, a temperature or β-factor comprises a criterion which represents a particular amino acid's potential flexibility within the protein. Any given atom within a protein structure is defined by four parameters, the three x, y and z coordinates, defining its position in space, and its ρ- or temperature factor. For well defined, high-resolution crystal structures, β-values are typically ≦20 Å2. High β-values, for example, ≧40 Å2 can be a signal that there is little confidence in the assignment of these atoms within the protein (for example, if the protein is disordered and does not consistently fold into the same structure). However, in well-defined atomic-level resolution protein structures, high β-factors associated with particular atoms for individual amino acids are typically interpreted as indicators of that residue or atom's potential flexibility. This criterion is relevant to epitope determination, as shape complementarity of the molecular surfaces of both the antibody paratope and the antigen epitope is known to be an important factor effecting antibody avidity. Flexible residues, identified by their higher β-factors, are better able to make slight positional adjustments, thereby improving shape complementarity and the energetics of the Ag-Ab interaction. It has been demonstrated that epitope amino acids involved in antibody interactions are more likely to have high β-factors than are amino acids from the same protein that do not interact with antibodies (see, e.g., Mylvaganam et al., J. Mol. Biol. 281:301-22, 1998).
- Amino acid substitutions at probable cross-reactive epitope residues are modeled, selecting substitutions that should reduce or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion. For this reason, cysteine residues otherwise satisfying the cross-reactive epitope criteria are not recommended for mutagenesis because their involvement in disulphide bridging is believed to be necessary for proper E-glycoprotein structure and function (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). Stability calculations are performed for all possible amino acid substitutions of candidate residues using, for example, the FOLD-X server (Guerois et al., J. Mol. Biol. 320:369-87, 2002; available on the internal and the TBE virus E-glycoprotein pdb file coordinates (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995). By way of example, amino acid substitutions modeled in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein with free energies of folding equal to or less than that of the non-mutated wild-type E-glycoprotein are re-examined with the Swiss-PdbViewer software, to identify those substitutions that minimized local structural disturbances while maintaining structurally relevant biochemical interactions such as hydrogen bonding and/or charge interactions with neighboring amino acids.
- Optionally, upon the successful identification of cross-reactive epitope residues, the E-glycoprotein structure can be further analyzed to identify additional residues forming cross-reactive epitopes. By way of example, a “nearest neighbor” search is conducted of the surface of the E-glycoprotein structure, looking for additional residues located within 10-15 Å of the identified residue. This distance is within the binding footprint of a single antibody paratope (Faebler et al., J. Mol. Biol. 313:83-97, 2001). In this second iteration of cross-reactive epitope residue identification, the same five optimality criterion as above are used, with one change. The criterion of strict conservation across the flaviviruses is relaxed to now include variable residues. In this way, residues either conserved in their physiochemical nature and/or conserved only within a particular flavivirus complex (such as the four DEN serotypes) or subgroup can be identified.
- Also provided are methods for designing a substituted epitope comprising at least one amino acid residue substitution compared to a wild-type candidate epitope; obtaining a first sample comprising the candidate epitope; obtaining a second sample comprising the substituted epitope; contacting the first sample with a specific binding agent; and contacting the second sample with the specific binding agent, wherein the cross-reactive epitope is identified when the substituted epitope has a substantially lower binding affinity for the specific binding agent compared to the candidate epitope. Antibody binding affinities can be determined by many methods well known in the art, such as end-point titration in an Ag-ELISA assay, competition binding in an ELISA assay, a solid-phase radioimmunoassay, and the Biacore® surface plasmon resonance technique (Malmqvist, Biochem. Soc. Trans. 27:335-40, 1999; and Drake et al., Anal. Biochem. 328:35-43, 2004).
- In some embodiments the specific binding agent is an antibody, for example, a polyclonal antibody or a mAb. A specific, non-limiting example of a polyclonal antibody is polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF. Specific, non-limiting examples of mAbs include 4G2 (ATCC No. HB-112), 6B6C-1, 1B7-5, 10A1D-2, 1A5D-1, and 1B4C-2 (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- The disclosure also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue, wherein the antibody cross-reactivity of the at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope has been reduced or ablated. In one embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions of one or more flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues causes the reduction or ablation of antibody cross-reactivity. In another embodiment, the at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity has measurably lower binding affinity with one or more flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, due to substitution of the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue(s), but its binding with one or more DEN-2 virus type-specific mAbs is not affected.
- Specific, non-limiting examples of an isolated polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residue with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity include, the amino acid sequences shown in SEQ ID NO: 16 (G104H), SEQ ID NO: 18 (G106Q), SEQ ID NO: 20 (L107K), SEQ ID NO: 22 (E126A), SEQ ID NO: 24 (T226N), SEQ ID NO: 26 (W231F), SEQ ID NO: 28 (W231L), SEQ ID NO: 30 (E126A/T226N), SEQ ID NO: 83, and SEQ ID NO: 87.
- Manipulation of the nucleotide sequence of a flavivirus cross-reactive epitope using standard procedures, including for instance site-directed mutagenesis or PCR and M13 primer mutagenesis, can be used to produce variants with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. Details of these techniques are provided in Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989. The simplest modifications involve the substitution of one or more amino acids for amino acids having similar physiochemical and/or structural properties. These so-called conservative substitutions are likely to have minimal impact on the activity and/or structure of the resultant protein. Examples of conservative substitutions are shown in the following table.
-
Original Residue Conservative Substitutions Ala Ser Arg Lys Asn Gln, His Asp Glu Cys Ser Gln Asn Glu Asp His Asn; Gln Ile Leu, Val Leu Ile; Val Lys Arg; Gln; Glu Met Leu; Ile Phe Met; Leu; Tyr Ser Thr Thr Ser Trp Tyr Tyr Trp; Phe Val Ile; Leu - Conservative substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Substitutions that should reduce or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion include: Gly to His, Gly to Gln, Leu to Lys, Glu to Ala, Thr to Asn, Trp to Phe, and Trp to Leu.
- The substitutions which in general are expected to produce the greatest changes in protein properties will be non-conservative, for instance changes in which (a) a hydrophilic residue, for example, seryl or threonyl, is substituted for (or by) a hydrophobic residue, for example, leucyl, isoleucyl, phenylalanyl, valyl or alanyl; (b) a cysteine or proline is substituted for (or by) any other residue; (c) a residue having an electropositive side chain, for example, lysyl, arginyl, or histadyl, is substituted for (or by) an electronegative residue, for example, glutamyl or aspartyl; or (d) a residue having a bulky side chain, for example, phenylalanine, is substituted for (or by) one not having a side chain, for example, glycine.
- The disclosure also provides isolated nucleic acids that encode the described polypeptides. Nucleic acids of the invention thus include nucleic acids that encode: 1) polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity; and 2) polypeptides that that are at least 95% identical to the polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity.
- Recombinant nucleic acids may, for instance, contain all or part of a disclosed nucleic acid operably linked to a regulatory sequence or element, such as a promoter, for instance, as part of a clone designed to express a protein. Cloning and expression systems are commercially available for such purposes and are well known in the art. The disclosure also provides cells or organisms transformed with recombinant nucleic acid constructs that encode all or part of the described polypeptides. Also disclosed are virus-like particles (VLPs) that include one or more of the described flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides.
- This disclosure provides specific binding agents that bind to polypeptides disclosed herein, e.g., flavivirus E-glycoprotein polypeptides with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. The binding agent may be useful for identifying flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes, and for detecting and purifying polypeptides comprising flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes. Examples of the binding agents are a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody, and fragments thereof, that bind to polypeptides disclosed herein. A specific, non-limiting example of a polyclonal antibody is polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF. Specific, non-limiting examples of mAbs include 4G2, 6B6C-1, 1B7-5, 10A1D-2, 1A5D-1, and 1B4C-2.
- Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies can be raised to recognize the polypeptides described herein, or variants thereof. Optimally, antibodies raised against these polypeptides will specifically detect the polypeptide with which the antibodies are generated. That is, antibodies raised against the polypeptide will recognize and bind the polypeptide, and will not substantially recognize or bind to other polypeptides or antigens. The determination that an antibody specifically binds to a target polypeptide is made by any one of a number of standard immunoassay methods; for instance, the Western blotting technique (Sambrook et al. (ed.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989), Ag-ELISA and IFA.
- Substantially pure flavivirus recombinant polypeptide antigens suitable for use as immunogens can be isolated from the transformed cells described herein, using methods well known in the art. Monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies to the antigens can then be prepared.
- Monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classic method of Kohler & Milstein (Nature 256:495-97, 1975), or a derivative method thereof. Briefly, a mouse is repetitively inoculated with a few micrograms of the selected protein immunogen (for example, a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, a portion of a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or a synthetic peptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity) over a period of a few weeks. The mouse is then sacrificed, and the antibody-producing cells of the spleen isolated. The spleen cells are fused by means of polyethylene glycol with mouse myeloma cells, and the excess unfused cells destroyed by growth of the system on selective media comprising aminopterin (HAT media). The successfully fused cells are diluted and aliquots of the dilution placed in wells of a microtiter plate where growth of the culture is continued. Antibody-producing clones are identified by detection of antibody in the supernatant fluid of the wells by immunoassay procedures, such as ELISA, as originally described by Engvall (Meth. Enzymol., 70:419-39, 1980), or a derivative method thereof. Selected positive clones can be expanded and their monoclonal antibody product harvested for use. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999.
- Polyclonal antiserum containing antibodies can be prepared by immunizing suitable animals with a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, a portion of a polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or a synthetic peptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, which can be unmodified or modified, to enhance immunogenicity.
- Effective antibody production (whether monoclonal or polyclonal) is affected by many factors related both to the antigen and the host species. For example, small molecules tend to be less immunogenic than others and may require the use of carriers and adjuvant. Also, host animals vary in response to site of inoculations and dose, with either inadequate or excessive doses of antigen resulting in low titer antisera. Small doses (ng level) of antigen administered at multiple intradermal sites appear to be most reliable. An effective immunization protocol for rabbits can be found in Vaitukaitis et al. (J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 33:988-91, 1971).
- Booster injections can be given at regular intervals, and antiserum harvested when the antibody titer thereof, as determined semi-quantitatively, for example, by double immunodiffusion in agar against known concentrations of the antigen, begins to fall. See, for example, Ouchterlony et al., Handbook of Experimental Immunology, Wier, D. (ed.), Chapter 19, Blackwell, 1973. A plateau concentration of antibody is usually in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/ml of serum (about 12 μM). Affinity of the antisera for the antigen is determined by preparing competitive binding curves, as described, for example, by Fisher (Manual of Clinical Immunology, Ch. 42, 1980).
- Antibody fragments may be used in place of whole antibodies and may be readily expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Methods of making and using immunologically effective portions of monoclonal antibodies, also referred to as “antibody fragments,” are well known and include those described in Better & Horowitz, Methods Enzymol. 178:476-96, 1989; Glockshuber et al., Biochemistry 29:1362-67, 1990; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,237 (Expression of Functional Antibody Fragments); U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778 (Single Polypeptide Chain Binding Molecules); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,455,030 (Immunotherapy Using Single Chain Polypeptide Binding Molecules), and references cited therein. Conditions whereby a polypeptide/binding agent complex can form, as well as assays for the detection of the formation of a polypeptide/binding agent complex and quantitation of binding affinities of the binding agent and polypeptide, are standard in the art. Such assays can include, but are not limited to, Western blotting, immunoprecipitation, immunofluorescence, immunocytochemistry, immunohistochemistry, fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS), fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), immunomagnetic assays, ELISA, ELISPOT (Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immunology, Wiley, N.Y., 1995), agglutination assays, flocculation assays, cell panning, etc., as are well known to one of skill in the art.
- Binding agents of this disclosure can be bound to a substrate (for example, beads, tubes, slides, plates, nitrocellulose sheets, etc.) or conjugated with a detectable moiety, or both bound and conjugated. The detectable moieties contemplated for the present disclosure can include, but are not limited to, an immunofluorescent moiety (for example, fluorescein, rhodamine), a radioactive moiety (for example, 32P, 125I, 35S), an enzyme moiety (for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), a colloidal gold moiety, and a biotin moiety. Such conjugation techniques are standard in the art (for example, see Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999; Yang et al., Nature, 382:319-24, 1996).
- The present disclosure further provides a method of detecting a flavivirus-reactive antibody in a sample, comprising contacting the sample with a polypeptide or peptide of this disclosure under condition whereby an antibody/polypeptide complex can form; and detecting formation of the complex, thereby detecting flavivirus antibody in a sample.
- The method of detecting flavivirus-reactive antibody in a sample can be performed, for example, by contacting a fluid or tissue sample from a subject with a polypeptide of this disclosure and detecting the binding of the polypeptide to the antibody. A fluid sample of this method can comprise any biological fluid which could contain the antibody, such as cerebrospinal fluid, blood, bile plasma, serum, saliva and urine. Other possible examples of body fluids include sputum, mucus and the like.
- Enzyme immunoassays such as IFA, ELISA and immunoblotting can be readily adapted to accomplish the detection of flavivirus antibodies according to the methods of this disclosure. An ELISA method effective for the detection of the antibodies can, for example, be as follows: 1) bind the polypeptide to a substrate; 2) contact the bound polypeptide with a fluid or tissue sample containing the antibody; 3) contact the above with a secondary antibody bound to a detectable moiety which is reactive with the bound antibody (for example, horseradish peroxidase enzyme or alkaline phosphatase enzyme); 4) contact the above with the substrate for the enzyme; 5) contact the above with a color reagent; and 6) observe/measure color change or development.
- Another immunologic technique that can be useful in the detection of flavivirus antibodies uses mAbs for detection of antibodies specifically reactive with flavivirus polypeptides in a competitive inhibition assay. Briefly, a sample is contacted with a polypeptide of this invention which is bound to a substrate (for example, a 96-well plate). Excess sample is thoroughly washed away. A labeled (for example, enzyme-linked, fluorescent, radioactive, etc.) mAb is then contacted with any previously formed polypeptide-antibody complexes and the amount of mAb binding is measured. The amount of inhibition of mAb binding is measured relative to a control (no antibody), allowing for detection and measurement of antibody in the sample. The degree of mAb binding inhibition can be a very specific assay for detecting a particular flavivirus variety or strain, when based on mAb binding specificity for a particular variety or strain of flavivirus. mAbs can also be used for direct detection of flavivirus in cells by, for example, IFA according to standard methods.
- As a further example, a micro-agglutination test can be used to detect the presence of flavivirus antibodies in a sample. Briefly, latex beads, red blood cells or other agglutinable particles are coated with a polypeptide of this disclosure and mixed with a sample, such that antibodies in the sample that are specifically reactive with the antigen crosslink with the antigen, causing agglutination. The agglutinated polypeptide-antibody complexes form a precipitate, visible with the naked eye or measurable by spectrophotometer.
- In yet another example, a microsphere-based immunoassay can be used to detect the presence of flavivirus antibodies in a sample. Briefly, microsphere beads are coated with a polypeptide of this disclosure and mixed with a sample, such that antibodies in the sample that are specifically reactive with the antigen bind the antigen. The bead-bound polypeptide-antibody complexes are allowed to react with fluorescent-dye labeled anti-species antibody (such as FITC-labeled goat anti-human IgM), and are measured using a microsphere reader (such as a Luminex instrument).
- The present disclosure further provides a method of diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject, comprising contacting a sample from the subject with the polypeptide of this disclosure under conditions whereby an antibody/polypeptide complex can form; and detecting antibody/polypeptide complex formation, thereby diagnosing a flavivirus infection in a subject.
- In examples of the diagnostic methods, the polypeptide of this disclosure can be bound to a substrate and contacted with a fluid sample such as blood, serum, urine or saliva. This sample can be taken directly from the patient or in a partially purified form. In this manner, antibodies specific for the polypeptide (the primary antibody) will specifically react with the bound polypeptide. Thereafter, a secondary antibody bound to, or labeled with, a detectable moiety can be added to enhance the detection of the primary antibody. Generally, the secondary antibody will be selected for its ability to react with multiple sites on the primary antibody. Thus, for example, several molecules of the secondary antibodies can react with each primary antibody, making the primary antibody more detectable.
- The detectable moiety allows for visual detection of a precipitate or a color change, visual detection by microscopy, or automated detection by spectrometry, radiometric measurement or the like. Examples of detectable moieties include fluorescein, rhodamine, Cy5, and Cy3 (for fluorescence microscopy and/or the microsphere-based immunoassay), horseradish peroxidase (for either light or electron microscopy and biochemical detection), biotin-streptavidin (for light or electron microscopy) and alkaline phosphatase (for biochemical detection by color change).
- Pharmaceutical compositions including flavivirus nucleic acid sequences or flavivirus polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity are also encompassed by the present disclosure. These pharmaceutical compositions include a therapeutically effective amount of one or more active compounds, such as flavivirus polypeptides comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity, or one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding these polypeptides, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It is contemplated that in certain embodiments, flavivirus nucleic acid sequences or flavivirus polypeptides comprising multiple flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity will be useful in preparing the pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure.
- Disclosed herein are substances suitable for use as immune stimulatory compositions for the inhibition or treatment of a flavivirus infection, for example, a dengue virus infection. In one embodiment, an immune stimulatory composition contains a flavivirus polypeptide including at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. In a further embodiment, the immune stimulatory composition contains a nucleic acid vector that includes flavivirus nucleic acid molecules described herein, or that includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. In a specific, non-limiting example, a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity is expressed in a transcriptional unit, such as those described in published PCT Application Nos. PCT/US99/12298 and PCT/US02/10764 (both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety).
- The provided immune stimulatory flavivirus polypeptides, constructs or vectors encoding such polypeptides, are combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle for administration as an immune stimulatory composition to human or animal subjects. In a particular embodiment, the immune stimulatory composition administered to a subject directs the synthesis of a mutant flavivirus E-glycoprotein as described herein, and a cell within the body of the subject, after incorporating the nucleic acid within it, secretes VLPs comprising the mutant E-glycoprotein with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity. It is believed that such VLPs then serve as an in vivo immune stimulatory composition, stimulating the immune system of the subject to generate protective immunological responses. In some embodiments, more than one immune stimulatory flavivirus polypeptide, construct or vector may be combined to form a single preparation.
- The immunogenic formulations may be conveniently presented in unit dosage form and prepared using conventional pharmaceutical techniques. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient and the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers. Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of a sterile liquid carrier, for example, water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets commonly used by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- In certain embodiments, unit dosage formulations are those containing a dose or unit, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the administered ingredient. It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, formulations encompassed herein may include other agents commonly used by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- The compositions provided herein, including those for use as immune stimulatory compositions, may be administered through different routes, such as oral, including buccal and sublingual, rectal, parenteral, aerosol, nasal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intradermal, and topical. They may be administered in different forms, including but not limited to solutions, emulsions and suspensions, microspheres, particles, microparticles, nanoparticles, and liposomes.
- The volume of administration will vary depending on the route of administration. By way of example, intramuscular injections may range from about 0.1 ml to about 1.0 ml. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know appropriate volumes for different routes of administration.
- A relatively recent development in the field of immune stimulatory compounds (for example, vaccines) is the direct injection of nucleic acid molecules encoding peptide antigens (broadly described in Janeway & Travers, Immunobiology: The Immune System In Health and Disease, page 13.25, Garland Publishing, Inc., New York, 1997; and McDonnell & Askari, N. Engl. J. Med. 334:42-45, 1996). Vectors that include nucleic acid molecules described herein, or that include a nucleic acid sequence encoding a flavivirus polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity may be utilized in such DNA vaccination methods.
- Thus, the term “immune stimulatory composition” as used herein also includes nucleic acid vaccines in which a nucleic acid molecule encoding a flavivirus polypeptide comprising at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity is administered to a subject in a pharmaceutical composition. For genetic immunization, suitable delivery methods known to those skilled in the art include direct injection of plasmid DNA into muscles (Wolff et al., Hum. Mol. Genet. 1:363, 1992), delivery of DNA complexed with specific protein carriers (Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:16985, 1989), co-precipitation of DNA with calcium phosphate (Benvenisty and Reshef, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 83:9551, 1986), encapsulation of DNA in liposomes (Kaneda et al., Science 243:375, 1989), particle bombardment (Tang et al., Nature 356:152, 1992; Eisenbraun et al., DNA Cell Biol. 12:791, 1993), and in vivo infection using cloned retroviral vectors (Seeger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:5849, 1984). Similarly, nucleic acid vaccine preparations can be administered via viral carrier.
- The amount of immunostimulatory compound in each dose of an immune stimulatory composition is selected as an amount that induces an immunostimulatory or immunoprotective response without significant, adverse side effects. Such amount will vary depending upon which specific immunogen is employed and how it is presented. Initial injections may range from about 1 μg to about 1 mg, with some embodiments having a range of about 10 μg to about 800 μg, and still other embodiments a range of from about 25 μg to about 500 μg. Following an initial administration of the immune stimulatory composition, subjects may receive one or several booster administrations, adequately spaced. Booster administrations may range from about 1 μg to about 1 mg, with other embodiments having a range of about 10 μg to about 750 μg, and still others a range of about 50 μg to about 500 μg. Periodic boosters at intervals of 1-5 years, for instance three years, may be desirable to maintain the desired levels of protective immunity.
- It is also contemplated that the provided immunostimulatory molecules and compositions can be administered to a subject indirectly, by first stimulating a cell in vitro, which stimulated cell is thereafter administered to the subject to elicit an immune response. Additionally, the pharmaceutical or immune stimulatory compositions or methods of treatment may be administered in combination with other therapeutic treatments.
- Also provided herein are kits useful in the detection and/or diagnosis of flaviviruses. An example of an assay kit provided herein is a recombinant flavivirus polypeptide (or fragment thereof) as an antigen and an enzyme-conjugated anti-human antibody as a second antibody. Examples of such kits also can include one or more enzymatic substrates. Such kits can be used to test if a sample from a subject contains antibodies against a flavivirus-specific protein. In such a kit, an appropriate amount of a flavivirus polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is provided in one or more containers, or held on a substrate. A flavivirus polypeptide can be provided in an aqueous solution or as a freeze-dried or lyophilized powder, for instance. The container(s) in which the flavivirus polypeptide(s) are supplied can be any conventional container that is capable of holding the supplied form, for instance, microfuge tubes, ampoules, or bottles.
- The amount of each polypeptide supplied in the kit can be any appropriate amount, and can depend on the market to which the product is directed. For instance, if the kit is adapted for research or clinical use, the amount of each polypeptide provided would likely be an amount sufficient for several assays. General guidelines for determining appropriate amounts can be found, for example, in Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999 and Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999.
- The subject matter of the present disclosure is further illustrated by the following non-limiting Examples.
- This example demonstrates the identification of flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes using a structure-based rational mutagenesis method.
- COS-1 cells (ATCC CRL 1650; Manassas, Va.) were grown at 37° C. with 5% CO2 on Dulbecco's modified Eagle's minimal essential medium (DMEM, GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone Laboratories, Inc., Logan, Utah), 110 mg/l sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM nonessential amino acids, 2 mM L-glutamine, 20 ml/l 7.5% NaHCO3, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. CHO cells (ATCC CCL 61; Manassas, Va.) were grown under the same conditions as COS-1 cells with DMEM/F12 nutrient mixture (GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.).
- Flavivirus plasmids capable of expressing extracellular VLPs composed of prM/M and E-glycoproteins for JE, WN, SLE, and the four DEN virus serotypes have been constructed (Chang et al., J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000; Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003; Davis et al., J. Virol. 75:4040-47, 2001). These VLPs, produced by recombinant plasmid-transformed eukaryotic cells, contain the flavivirus prM/M and E-glycoproteins in their native viral conformations, and although non-infectious, they maintain many of the same properties as mature virus particles including, hemagglutination activity, membrane fusion, and the induction of protective immune responses in animals (Chang et al., J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000; Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003; Davis et al., J. Virol. 75:4040-47, 2001; Hunt, et al., J. Virol. Methods 97:133-49, 2001).
- The recombinant expression plasmid pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 (the DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid, Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003) was used as the template DNA for both site-directed mutagenesis and for transient expression of DEN-2 recombinant antigen (see below). This plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, Kozak sequence, JE virus signal sequence, DEN-2 virus prM/M gene, DEN-2 virus chimeric E gene (with amino-terminal 80% from DEN-2 virus and carboxy-terminal 20% from JE virus), and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal. The replacement of the terminal 20% of DEN-2 virus E gene sequences with JE virus E gene sequences dramatically increases the secretion of extracellular VLPs into the culture medium without altering the native DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein conformation (Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003).
- To localize the epitopes responsible for inducing flavivirus cross-reactive antibodies, the following procedural algorithm was developed: Strictly-conserved flavivirus residues were initially identified. These residues were mapped onto the 2.0 Å resolution E-glycoprotein structure for TBE virus (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995) and onto a computer predicted homology model structure for the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein using the Swiss-Pdb Viewer 3.7 structure analysis software (Guex et al., Electrophoresis 18:2714-23, 1997; available on the ExPASy Molecular Biology Server). A brief review of high resolution structures for antigen-antibody complexes revealed that 10-20 residues typically are involved in making direct contacts between the antigen epitope and antibody paratope. These contacts result in 20-30 residues that are “buried” by the typical antibody footprint, measuring approximately 20×30 Å. On average however, only 25% of the buried side chains, or 4-6 residues, account for most of the mAb binding energy (Arevalo et al., Nature 356:859-63, 1993; Bhat et al., PNAS 91:1089-93, 1994; Davies & Cohen, PNAS 93:7-12, 1996; Faebler et al., J. Mol. Biol. 313:83-97, 2001; Fleury et al., Nature St. Biol. 6:530-34, 1999; Li et al., Biochemistry 39:6296-6309, 2000; Lo et al., J. Mol. Biol. 285:2177-98, 1999; and Mylvaganam et al., J. Mol. Biol. 281:301-22, 1998).
- The following criteria were developed to select probable flavivirus group cross-reactive epitope residues: 1) an amino acid located in DII (for example, amino acids 52-135 and 195-285 in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995); 52-132 and 193-280 in the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003)) and conserved among more than one flavivirus; 2) amino acids on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer; 3) amino acids with at least 35% surface accessibility potential; 4) side chain projections accessible to antibody paratopes; and 5) residues with high temperature (β-) factors should be favored, as these residues tend to be flexible and are able to conform to the antibody paratope, increasing the antibody-antigen affinity.
- Using this structure-based design approach, candidate flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues were narrowed down from a total of 53 conserved amino acids in DII (38 invariant and 15 almost completely conserved), to less than ten probable DII cross-reactive epitope residues. Amino acid substitutions at these probable cross-reactive epitope residues were computer modeled, selecting substitutions that should reduce or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion. For this reason, cysteine residues otherwise satisfying the cross-reactive epitope criteria were not considered for mutagenesis because of their involvement in disulphide bridging necessary for proper E-glycoprotein structure and function (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003; Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995).
- Stability calculations were performed for all possible amino acid substitutions of candidate residues using the FOLD-X server (Guerois et al., J. Mol. Biol. 320:369-87, 2002; available on the internal and the TBE virus E-glycoprotein pdb file coordinates (Rey et al., Nature 375:291-98, 1995) Amino acid substitutions modeled in the TBE virus E-glycoprotein with free energies of folding equal to or less than that of the non-mutated wild-type E-glycoprotein were re-examined with the Swiss-PdbViewer software to identify those substitutions that minimized local structural disturbances while maintaining structurally relevant biochemical interactions such as hydrogen bonding and/or charge interactions with neighboring amino acids. Because the outer surface of mature flavivirus particles are covered in a dense network of E and prM/M proteins, any conformational changes in the E-glycoprotein are likely to induce concerted reorganization across the surface of the virion (Kuhn et al., Cell 108:717-25, 2002; Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003). A comparison of the a priori stability calculations based on the TBE virus E-glycoprotein structure with a posteriori stability calculations from the DEN-2 virus atomic structure are shown in Table 2.
- Site-specific mutations were introduced into the DEN-2 virus E gene using the Stratagene Quick Change® multi site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) and pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 as DNA template following the manufacturer's recommended protocols. The sequences of the mutagenic primers used for all constructs are listed in Table 1. Four or five colonies from each mutagenic PCR transformation were selected and grown in 5 ml LB broth cultures, mini-prepped and sequenced. Structural gene regions and regulatory elements of all purified plasmids were sequenced entirely upon identification of the correct mutation. Automated DNA sequencing was performed using a Beckman Coulter CEQ™ 8000 genetic analysis system (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, Calif.) and analyzed using Beckman Coulter CEQ™ 8000 (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, Calif.) and Lasergene® software (DNASTAR, Madison, Wis.).
- COS-1 and CHO cells were electroporated with pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 using the protocol described by Chang et al. (J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000). Electroporated cells were recovered in 50 ml DMEM, seeded into 150 cm2 culture flasks for VLP expression and into 96 well tissue culture plates (Costar® #3603; Corning, Inc., Corning, N.Y.) for IFA, and incubated at 37° C. with 5% CO2. Six to eight hours following electroporation, the growth medium in the 150 cm2 culture flasks was replaced with DMEM containing 2% FBS. Cells in 96 well plates for IFA were fixed 14-18 hours post electroporation. Tissue-culture medium and cells were harvested 48 and 96 hours post electroporation for antigen characterization.
- Characterization of Mutant pCB8D2-J2-2-9-1 Infected Cells and Secreted Antigen
- Fourteen to eighteen hours following electroporation, 96 well tissue culture plates containing cells transformed with the mutated pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 clones were washed twice with phosphate buffered saline (PBS), fixed with 3:1 acetone:PBS for 10 minutes and air dried. E-glycoprotein-specific mAbs specific for each of the three E-glycoprotein domains were used to determine affinity reductions in DII cross-reactive epitopes by indirect IFA as described by Chang et al. (J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000).
- Tissue culture medium was harvested 48 hours and 96 hours following electroporation. Cell debris was removed from tissue culture media by centrifugation for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm. Ag-ELISA was used to detect secreted antigen from the mutagenized pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 transformed COS-1 cells. Secreted antigen was captured with polyclonal rabbit anti-DEN-2 sera (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998) at a 1:10,000 dilution. Murine hyper-immune ascetic fluid (MHIAF) specific for DEN-2 virus was used at a 1:3000 dilution to detect captured antigen, and this MHIAF was detected using horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-mouse HIAF at a 1:5000 dilution.
- Secreted antigen from tissue culture medium was concentrated by centrifugation overnight at 19,000 rpm, and resuspended in THE buffer (50 mM Tris, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mM EDTA, pH 7.5) to 1/200th the original volume. Concentrated antigen was analyzed with a panel of anti-DEN-2 mAbs in Ag-ELISA to determine mAb end point reactivities of the mutated antigens following the protocol of Roehrig et al. (Virology 246:317-28, 1998).
- Three anti-DEN-2 mAbs, 4G2, 6B6C-1 and 1B7-5, were used to determine affinity reductions in DII cross-reactive epitopes. These three mAbs share several characteristics: they recognize surface accessible epitopes in DII, they are flavivirus group- or subgroup-reactive, they are reduction-denaturation sensitive, they block virus-mediated cell-membrane fusion, they neutralize virus infectivity, and tryptic fragment mapping indicates that the binding domains of these three mAbs are formed by two discontinuous DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein peptide fragments, aa1-120 and 158-400 (Aaskov et al., Arch Virol. 105:209-21, 1989; Henchal et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 34:162-69, 1985; Megret et al., Virology 187:480-91, 1992; Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). Prospective cross-reactive epitope residues were assessed by looking for decreases in the reactivity of these three DII flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs for the mutant plasmid transfected cells by IFA, and mutant VLPs in Ag-ELISA. Proper E-glycoprotein folding and structural conformation was assessed with a panel of E-glycoprotein DEN virus complex-, subcomplex-, and type-specific mAbs.
- Four potential flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues were initially focused on. Single amino acid substitutions were introduced into the DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid at the following positions (of SEQ ID NO: 14): Gly106 to Glu (G106Q), Trp231 to Phe (W231F), His244 to Arg (H244R), and Lys247 to Arg (K247R) (Table 1). Substitutions at Gly106 and Trp231 strongly interfered with the binding of flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs (Table 3). However, substitutions at His244 and Lys247 did not have a measurable effect on the binding of the cross reactive mAbs or of any other mAbs from the panel.
- Gly106 is located within the fusion peptide at the very tip of DII in the E-glycoprotein monomer (Allison et al., J. Virol. 73:5605-12, 1999;
FIGS. 1 and 2A ). As with the other fusion peptide residues, Gly106 is strongly conserved across the flaviviruses, the one exception being Modoc virus with alanine at this position (Table 4). Gly106 is located at the distal end of each E-monomer along the upper and outer-lateral surface of the dimer. This residue has moderately high surface accessibility, and its relatively high temperature (β-) factor suggests its potential flexibility. The substitution of a large, bulky, polar glutamine for the glycine at this position was modeled. The glutamine substitution fit well into the surrounding region, did not appear to disrupt the local hydrogen bonding network, and produced acceptable stability calculations using the TBE virus E-glycoprotein structure coordinates (Table 2). - Trp231 is located in a long intervening loop sequence between DII β-strands h and i (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003;
FIG. 1 ). Trp231 lays in a trough on the upper and outer surface of DII (FIG. 2B ). It is structurally close to the glycan on Asn67, and lies laterally exterior to the disulfide bridge between Cys60 and Cys121. The large hydrophobic side chain lays parallel to the dimer surface within this trough. This residue is only moderately surface accessible yet its high temperature (β-) factor and the lack of hydrogen bonding from surrounding residues to the side chain suggest its potential flexibility. Although all of the substitutions that were modeled at Trp231 were predicted to induce substantially high energetic costs from the stability analyses, the phenylalanine substitution was the least costly substitution at this position (Table 2). The phenylalanine fit well into the surrounding molecular region with limited disruption of the local hydrogen bonding network. - Binding of the G106Q mutant to either of the two flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, 4G2 and 6B6C-1, was not detected (Table 3). DEN-2 type-specific mAbs 1A5D-1 and 1B4C-2 (DII and DI, respectively) exhibited reduced affinities for G106Q transfected cells and for secreted VLPs. Dengue complex-specific mAb 10A1D-2 also exhibited moderately reduced reactivity for the G106Q VLP antigen (Table 3). However, the reactivity of the G106Q mutant was unchanged from the reactivity of the wild-type pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 antigen for polyclonal anti-DEN-2 MHIAF, as well as for the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific mAbs: 9A4D-1 (DI), 4E5 (DII), and 3H5, 9A3D-8, 10A4D-2, 9D12, and 1A1D-2 (DIII) (Table 3).
- The W231F substitution also abolished the binding of both flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, 4G2 and 6B6C-1, as well as that of flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 (Table 3). This substitution additionally interfered with the binding of type-specific DI mAb 1B4C-2, but the binding of the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific DI, DII and DIII mAbs and a polyclonal DEN-2 MHIAF were unchanged relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid (Table 3). In three separate experiments, secretion of W231F VLP antigen into the tissue culture medium from transiently transfected COS-1 cells was not detected. Consequently, the effects of this substitution could only be analyzed by IFA of plasmid transfected cells.
- The H244R and K247R substitutions did not have an effect on the binding of any mAbs in either IFA of transfected cells, or in Ag-ELISA of secreted VLP antigen.
- This example demonstrates the identification of additional cross-reactive epitopes using a “nearest neighbor” search.
- Following the identification of cross-reactive epitope residues G106 and W231 (DEN-2 numbering), the E-glycoprotein atomic structure was reexamined to search for additional flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues. A “nearest neighbor” search was conducted of the surface of the E-glycoprotein structure, looking for additional residues located within 10-15 Å of the identified residue. This distance is within the binding footprint of a single antibody paratope (Faebler et al., J. Mol. Biol. 313:83-97, 2001). In this second iteration of cross-reactive epitope residue identification the same five optimality criterion as above were used, with one change. The criterion of strict conservation across the flaviviruses was relaxed to now include variable residues. In this way, residues either conserved in their physiochemical nature and/or conserved only within a particular flavivirus complex (such as the four DEN virus serotypes) could be identified.
- This nearest neighbor search yielded another seven potential cross-reactive epitope residues Amino acid substitutions at these positions were modeled into the TBE virus E-glycoprotein structure as described above. Mutagenic PCR primers were then synthesized (Table 1) and used to introduce mutations into the wild-type DEN-2 prM/E expression plasmid. Plasmids were transiently transfected into CHO cells, and transfected cells and secreted VLP antigen were analyzed with the anti-DEN-2 mAb panel (Table 3). The substitutions introduced at these positions (of SEQ ID NO: 14) were: Lys64 to Asn (K64N), Thr76 to Met (T76M), Gln77 to Arg (Q77R), Gly104 to His (G104H), Leu107 to Lys (L107K), Glu126 to Ala (E126A), and Thr226 to Asn (T226N) (Table 2). A single double mutant combining substitutions at positions 126 and 226 (E126A/T226N) was also examined. Since the initial W231F substitution interfered with antigen secretion, the effects of an alternative substitution at this position, Trp231 to Leu (W231L), were also examined.
- The G104H, L107K, and W231L substitutions had the greatest effect on decreasing the reactivities of DII cross-reactive mAbs. Gly104 is located on the upper surface of the dimer at the tip of the tight loop structure which the fusion peptide adopts in the E-glycoprotein dimer (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003;
FIG. 2A ). The residue has moderately high surface accessibility and a relatively high temperature (β-) factor. The replacement of this small aliphatic glycine was modeled with a large polar histidine at this position. The histidine residue fits well into this pocket and was predicted not to alter the hydrogen-bond network in the region. Moreover, because the tick-borne flaviviruses have a histidine at this position (Table 4) it seemed probable that this substitution would not disrupt the structure in this localized region or elsewhere within DII. In fact, a posteriori stability calculations based upon the DEN-2 E atomic structure (Modis et al., PNAS 100:6986-91, 2003) indicate that the G104H substitution is energetically favorable (Table 2). - The G104H substitution, like both substitutions examined at Trp231, produced a plasmid that was unable to secrete measurable VLP antigen into the tissue culture medium upon transfection of either COS-1 or CHO cells. Consequently, the effects of G104H and W231L substitutions were analyzed solely by IFA of plasmid transfected cells, as described above for W231F. The G104H substitution ablated the reactivity of all three of the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs, 4G2, 6B6C-1, and 1B7-5. The type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 also showed strongly reduced reactivity for cells transiently transcribed with this plasmid Table 3). W231L showed a reduction in mAb reactivities very similar to W231F, knocking out any discernable recognition of all three cross-reactive mAbs (Table 3). The reactivity of DI mAb 1B4C-2 was also reduced by this mutation, but there were no discernable changes in the reactivities of the remaining subcomplex- and type-specific mAbs or the anti-DEN-2 MHIAF for either the G104H or W231L plasmid constructs (Table 3).
- The L107K substituted plasmid exhibited a pattern of reduced reactivities for flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs unlike any of the other substitutions. Leu107 sits directly below Gly106 on the outer lateral surface of the E-protein dimer. This residue has relatively high surface accessibility and temperature (β-) factor, and its hydrophobic side-chain is directed laterally away from the dimer. This residue is also strongly conserved across the flaviviruses; the exceptions being the tick-borne Powassan virus, JE virus strain SA-14-14-2, and DEN-2 virus strain PUO-280 (Table 4). All of these viruses have a phenylalanine instead of a leucine at this position. A large basic lysine was substituted for the leucine at this position. Modeling of this L107K substitution indicated that it too was unlikely to alter the localized hydrogen bonding network. This observation and the low thermodynamic free energy (ddG) stability calculation (Table 2) suggested that this substitution was unlikely to induce localized or domain associated conformational changes.
- Flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2 showed no discernable reactivity for this construct in either IFA of plasmid transfected cells, or by Ag-ELISA of secreted VLP antigen. However, the reactivities of the other two cross-reactive mAbs, 6B6C-1 and 1B7-5, were unchanged for this construct relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid (Table 3). L107K plasmid-transfected cells and secreted VLP antigen also showed moderately reduced reactivity for mAbs 1A5D-1, 10A1D-2 and 1B4C-2, while all other mAbs and the polyclonal MHIAF reactivities were not significantly different than they were for the wild-type plasmid (Table 3).
- Unlike Leu107, Glu126 appears to be incorporated into epitopes recognized by flavivirus group-reactive mAb 6B6C-1 and subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5, but not in the epitope of flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2. Glu126 is located 10-12A from Trp231 in the same trough on the upper and outer surface of DII. The bulky side chain projects from the α-carbon backbone up into this trough producing a moderately high surface accessibility and a high β-factor (
FIG. 2B ). The replacement of this large, negatively charged acidic glutamine was modeled with a small hydrophobic alanine at this position. This substitution was predicted to induce a moderately high, but acceptable energetic cost in the free energy stability analysis based on the TBE virus E-glycoprotein structure coordinates (TBE virus equals Lys126, Table 2). - The E126A substitution reduced the reactivity of flavivirus group-reactive mAb 6B6C-1, and moderately reduced the reactivity of subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 (Table 3). However, mAb 6B6C-1 exhibited reduced reactivity only by IFA of mutant plasmid transfected cells, and 1B7-5 only showed reactivity reductions for this construct in Ag-ELISA (Table 3). Similarly, type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 exhibited moderately reduced reactivity by Ag-ELISA, but there was no detectable reduction in its reactivity by IFA (Table 3). The T226N substitution did not alter the reactivity of any of the flavivirus group-reactive mAbs relative to the non-mutated wild-type plasmid, and the E126A/T226N double mutant generally showed a similar pattern of reduction of mAb reactivity as did E126A alone. The two exceptions to this correlation were in the reactivities of mAbs 1B7-5 and 10A1D-2. E126A/T226N exhibited the same moderate 87% reduction in Ag-ELISA reactivity for flavivirus subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 as did E126A. However, the double mutant also exhibited a strong 97% reduction for this same mAb by IFA, which was not observed for either single mutant (Table 3). DEN virus complex-specific mAb 10A1D-2 also exhibited moderate reactivity decreases by IFA for this double mutant (Table 3).
- K64N, T76M, and Q77R were all unchanged in their reactivities for the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs. The T76M VLP antigen did however show reduced reactivity for DII type-specific mAb 1A5D-1 and for DI mAb 1B4C-2 in Ag-ELISA (Table 3).
- This example describes the spatial characterization and organization of exemplary flavivirus cross-reactive epitope residues.
- The six residues (G104, G106, L107, E126, T226, and W231) identified as participating in the flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes are spatially arranged on the DEN-2 virus E-glycoprotein surface in two clusters (
FIG. 1 ). The most prominent grouping of these residues is the clustering of three residues from the highly conserved fusion peptide region of DII (Allison et al. , J. Virol. 75:4268-75, 2001). These residues, Gly104, Gly106, and Leu107, are almost completely conserved across the flaviviruses (Table 4). - The cross-reactive mAbs most strongly affected by substitutions in this region were 4G2 and 6B6C-1. These two mAbs are considered to be quite similar; both are flavivirus group-reactive and have been grouped into the A1 epitope of the E-glycoprotein (Gentry et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 31:548-55, 1982; Henchal et al., Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 34:162-69, 1985; Mandl et al., J. Virol. 63:564-71, 1989; Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). The data disclosed herein demonstrate that although the epitopes of these two mAbs spatially overlap, they do not contain exactly the same residues. Substitutions at G104, G106, or L107 knock out the ability of mAb 4G2 to bind to the E-glycoprotein. However, only substitutions at G104 and G106 interfere with the binding ability of mAb 6B6C-1. L107 is therefore not a component of the flavivirus group-reactive epitope recognized by mAb 6B6C-1.
- The G104H substitution dramatically reduced the reactivities of all three of the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs for this construct (Table 3). Without being bound by theory, it is unlikely that a glycine residue, with no side chain, would directly participate in the binding energetics of an antibody-antigen (Ab-Ag) interaction. However, if a glycine residue is included in the buried surface area of this antibody epitope, the introduction of a large bulky hydrophobic side chain is likely to disrupt the Ab-Ag shape complementarity and hence increase the dissociation rate-constant (Kd) of the Ab-Ag interaction (Li et al., Nature Struct. Biol. 10:482-88, 2003). G104H also reduced the recognition of type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 (Table 3). The 1A5D-1 epitope is non-neutralizing, reduction sensitive and moderately surface accessible (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). All of the fusion peptide substitutions introduced into this region reduced the reactivity of 1A5D-1, consistent with the interpretation that the buried surface area footprint of this mAb not only includes DEN-2 virus serotype-specific residues, but also includes these strongly conserved residues as well. A comparison of the DEN-2 atomic structure with flavivirus E-glycoprotein alignments identifies at least two unique DEN-2, DII, surface accessible residues (Glu71 and Asn83), and a third residue variable within DEN-2 but distinct from the other DEN virus serotypes (Thr81). All of these residues are within 10-22 Å of Gly104, a distance well within the buried surface area of a typical Ab-Ag interface (Lo et al., J. Mol. Biol. 285:2177-98, 1999). Alternatively, less surface accessible type-specific residues nearby could participate in mAb 1A5D-1 binding since this epitope itself is only moderately surface accessible (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). Since this mAb is DEN-2 virus specific, these type-specific residues would be expected to provide the majority of the binding energy for 1A5D-1.
- The G106Q substitution also knocked out the reactivities of both of the flavivirus group-reactive mAbs, 4G2 and 6B6C-1, though it did not alter the binding of subgroup-reactive mAb 1B7-5 (Table 3,
FIG. 2C ). Type-specific DII mAb 1A5D-1 again lost all measurable reactivity to the G106Q construct, as did 1B4C-2. The 1A5D-1 epitope footprint appears to include conserved fusion peptide residues in addition to DEN-2 serotype-specific residues as discussed herein. The reduced reactivity of DI mAb 1B4C-2 for the G106Q construct is difficult to explain. Because of the lack of biological activity of DI, epitope assignments to this domain can be problematic (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). Without being bound by theory, the involvement of Gly106 as well as that of Leu107 are consistent with the possibility that either the previous DI assignment is incorrect, or that the 1B4C-2 mAb footprint includes residues from both DI and DII. However, if 1B4C-2 recognizes such an inter-domain epitope, this high affinity mAb would be expected to interfere with the E-glycoprotein dimer to trimer reorganization associated with virus-mediated membrane fusion, which it does not. - Leu107 is the third residue identified in the fusion peptide region of DII that is incorporated into flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes. Unlike the substitutions at E-glycoprotein positions 104 and 106, the L107K substitution knocked out the reactivity of flavivirus group-reactive mAb 4G2, but it did not alter the reactivity of the other flavivirus group-reactive mAb, 6B6C-1 (Table 3,
FIG. 2C ). Beyond this discrepancy, the reactivity patterns of the rest of the mAbs for this construct were similar to that observed for the other fusion peptide substitutions. mAbs 1A5D-1, 10A1D-2, and 1B4C-2 all showed little to no reactivity for the L107K construct (Table 3). - Previous studies have examined the effects of mutagenesis in this fusion peptide region. Pletnev et al. (J. Virol. 67:4956-63, 1993) performed mutagenesis to fusion peptide residues 104 and 107 in a chimeric infectious clone containing the TBE virus structural genes and DEN-4 virus non-structural genes. TBE virus has a histidine at position 104 as do all of the tick-borne flaviviruses. Pletnev et al. constructed the opposite substitution that was constructed herein, H104G, replacing the tick-associated histidine with the mosquito-associated glycine, but they were unable to recover live virus from this construct. They also constructed a double mutant H104G/L107F from which they were able to recover virus; however, they were unable to detect any effect of these mutations on mouse neurovirulence. Allison et al. (J. Virol. 75:4268-75, 2001) also performed mutagenesis at Leu107 examining the role of this residue in virus-mediated membrane fusion using TBE virus VLPs. They replaced Leu107 with phenylalanine, threonine, or aspartic acid. They found that all of these mutations reduced the rate of fusion. Moreover, consistent with the results presented herein, they found that the L107D substitution appeared to completely abolish the binding of their DII flavivirus group-reactive mAb A1.
- The fourth residue identified as having a major effect on the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs was Trp231, an invariant residue across the flaviviruses (Table 4). Both substitutions introduced at Trp231 dramatically reduced the reactivity of all three of the flavivirus cross-reactive mAbs, 4G2, 6B6C-1, and 1B7-5. This residue is structurally distant from the fusion peptide region (
FIGS. 1 and 2B ). It is somewhat surprising that substitutions at this residue affect the binding of mAbs also shown to recognize the distant fusion peptide residues. Without being bound by theory, the strict conservation of tryptophan (Table 4) and the predicted high energetic costs of substitutions at this position (Table 2) suggest that this residue could be important for proper DI/DII conformational structure and function. If this were the case, the loss of reactivity of mAbs recognizing fusion peptide residues could occur from the induction of localized structural disturbances across DII occurring at a distance from Trp231. However, the Trp231 substitutions did not significantly affect the binding of any of the remaining DII mAbs, 4E5, 1A5D-1, and 10A1D-2 (DI or DII); whereas mAb 1A5D-1 reactivity was reduced or ablated by all of the fusion peptide substitutions. mAb 4E5 does not recognize native virus yet it blocks virus-mediated cell-membrane fusion, presumably by recognizing an epitope that is exposed only during or after low-pH-catalyzed conformational changes (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). Without being bound by theory, if substitutions at Trp231 induced domain wide structural alterations, a loss of reactivity of mAb 1A5D-1 (and the possible exposure of the non-native-accessible mAb 4E5 epitope, resulting in an increase, or at least a change in, the reactivity of mAb 4E5 by IFA for these constructs), would be expected. Moreover, the reactivities of polyclonal MHIAF and of all of the DIII mAbs were no different for these constructs than they were for the non-mutated wild-type plasmid transfected cells (Table 3). DIII however, is reduction-denaturation stable and folds into its native IgC like conformation even when this domain is expressed alone without the remainder of the E-glycoprotein (Bhardwaj et al., J. Virol. 75:4002-07, 2001). - Both W231F and W231L plasmids, as well as the G104H plasmid, failed to secrete measurable VLP antigen into tissue culture media following transient transfection of COS-1 or CHO cells. The inability of cells transfected with these plasmids to secrete VLP antigen into tissue-culture media could result from the disruption of a variety of protein maturation processes. Without being bound by theory, interference with particle maturation could occur via disruption of E-prM/M intermolecular interactions, E-glycoprotein dimer interactions, or via the disruption of dimer organization into the surface lattice covering mature particles. Although the two processes are interdependent, these substitutions may not interfere with particle formation per se, but may directly interfere with particle secretion itself. In fact, the IFA staining pattern of DEN-2 G104H and of W231F/L transfected cells was highly punctate and localized within inclusion bodies. Similar IFA staining patterns have been observed with non-secreting constructs of dengue and other flaviviruses (Chang et al., Virology 306:170-80, 2003). Studies with TBE virus VLPs have shown that interactions between prM and E are involved in prM-mediated intracellular transport of prM-E heterodimers (Allison et al., J. Virol. 73:5605-12, 1999). The location of Gly104 near the interior-lateral edge of DII puts it very close to the E-dimer “hole” where the prM/M proteins are located in the heterodimer (Kuhn et al., Cell 108:717-25, 2002;
FIG. 1 ). Therefore, it seems likely that G104H interferes with VLP secretion via disruption of the prM-E interactions necessary for intracellular transport and secretion. The identity of this residue is positively correlated with arthropod vector. The mosquito-born flaviviruses have a glycine at this position whereas the tick-borne flaviviruses have a histidine. Interestingly, Pletnev et al. (J. Virol. 67:4956-63, 1993) introduced the reverse substitution, H104G, into the TBE virus E-glycoprotein in a TBE/DEN-4 chimeric infectious clone, and they were unable to recover virus from this mutant. The inability of G104H transfected cells to secrete VLP antigen similarly suggests that this too could be a lethal substitution in DEN-2 virus. Taken together, these two results are consistent with the idea that vector-specific selection has produced strong epistasis between this residue and other unidentified residue(s) elsewhere in the E- or prM/M proteins. - This example demonstrates the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes using a structure-based rational mutagenesis method.
- CHO cells (ATCC CCL 61; Manassas, Va.) were grown at 37° C. with 5% CO2 on Dulbecco's modified Eagle's minimal essential medium with F-12 nutrient mixture (D-MEM/F-12, GIBCO, Grand Island, N.Y.) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone Laboratories, Inc., Logan, Utah), 110 mg/1 sodium pyruvate, 0.1 mM nonessential amino acids, 2 mM L-glutamine, 2.438 g/L NaHCO3, 100 U/ml penicillin, and 100 μg/ml streptomycin.
- The recombinant expression plasmids pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN were used as template DNAs for both site-directed mutagenesis and for transient expression of St. Louis encephalitis virus (SLEV) and West Nile virus (WNV) recombinant antigen (see below). The pCB8SJ2 plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) signal sequence, SLEV prM and E gene region (amino-terminal 80%),
JEV carboxyl terminal 20%, and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal. The replacement of the terminal 20% of SLEV E with JEV E gene sequences dramatically increases the secretion of extracellular VLPs into the culture medium without altering the native SLEV E glycoprotein conformation (Purdy et al., J. Clin. Micro. 42:4709-17, 2004). The pCBWN plasmid includes the human cytomegalovirus early gene promoter, JEV signal sequence, WNV prM and E gene region in its entirety, and bovine growth hormone poly(A) signal (Davis et al., J. Virol. 75:4040-47, 2001). - Following the identification and ablation of flavivirus group cross-reactive epitopes, flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes have been identified. Two different flavivirus complexes, the JEV complex and the DENY complex, were focused on. The DENY complex consists of the four dengue serotypes, DENY-1, DENY-2, DENY-3, and DENY-4. The large JEV complex includes JEV, WNV, Murray Valley encephalitis virus (MVEV), and SLEV.
- The procedural algorithm for the identification of flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes utilizes the following optimality criteria: 1) The identification and selection of amino acid residues with ≧35% of their surface solvent accessible. These residues are identified from the published atomic structure coordinates of the DENY-2 soluble ectodomain of the envelope glycoprotein and homology models of SLEV and WNV derived from the DENY-2 structure (Modis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100:6986-91, 2003). In addition to examination of amino acid residues in structural domain II, residues in domains I and III were examined, since published results indicate that some complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes are mapped onto domains I and III in addition to domain II (Roehrig et al., Virology 246:317-28, 1998). 2) Amino acids on the outer or lateral surface of the E-glycoprotein dimer, and accessible to antibody. 3) Amino acid conservation across the flavivirus complex (based upon a structural alignment of the protein sequences). Residues conserved across all member viruses of the same complex are favored. If conserved within but not across the entire complex, then residues with shared identities between WNV and SLEV are favored in the JEV complex, and residues with shared identities between DENY-2 and two or more other viruses in the DENY complex are favored over those shared with DENY-2 and only one other DENY complex virus. 4) Side chain projections exposed towards the outer surface and accessible to antibody paratopes. 5) Residues with high temperature (β-) factors should be favored, as these residues tend to be flexible and are able to conform to the antibody paratope, increasing the antibody-antigen affinity Amino acid residues with high temperature factors are more commonly found in antigen epitopes than lower temperature factor residues. 6) Following identification of potential individual flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues, all residues are mapped and highlighted on the same E-glycoprotein dimer structure together. With this technique, groups of potential cross-reactive epitope residues forming clusters (and hence probable epitopes) are readily identified. 7) Residues fitting all of these criteria and occurring in structural clusters approximately 20×30 Å2 (which is the average “footprint” of an antibody Fab that interacts with an antigen epitope) are favored over residues that are more isolated in the protein structure. 8) Within an identified structural cluster of potential epitope residues, residues that more completely satisfy greater numbers of the optimality criteria are selected for the first round of mutagenesis analysis.
- Site-specific mutations were introduced into the SLEV and WNV E genes using the Stratagene Quick Change® multi site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) and pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN as DNA templates following the manufacturer's recommended protocols. The sequences of the mutagenic primers used for all constructs are listed in Table 5. Four or five colonies from each mutagenic PCR transformation were selected and grown in 5 ml LB broth cultures. DNA was mini-prepped and sequenced from these cultures. Structural gene regions and regulatory elements of all purified plasmids were sequenced entirely upon identification of the correct mutation. Automated DNA sequencing was performed using a Beckman Coulter CEQ™ 8000 genetic analysis system (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, Calif.) and analyzed using Beckman Coulter CEQ™ 8000 (Beckman Coulter, Fullerton, Calif.) and Lasergene® software (DNASTAR, Madison, Wis.).
- CHO cells were electroporated with pCB8SJ2 or pCBWN using the protocol described by Chang et al. (J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000). Electroporated cells were recovered in 50 ml DMEM, seeded into 150 cm2 culture flasks for VLP expression and into 96-well tissue culture plates for IFA, and incubated at 37° C. with 5% CO2. Cells in 96 well plates for IFA were fixed 14-24 hours post electroporation. Tissue-culture medium and cells were harvested 48-72 hours post electroporation for antigen characterization.
- Characterization of Mutant pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN Infected Cells and Secreted Antigen
- Fourteen to twenty four hours following electroporation, 96-well tissue culture plates (Costar® #3603 Corning, Inc., Corning, N.Y.) containing cells transformed with the mutated pCB8SJ2 or pCBWN clones were washed twice with PBS, fixed with 3:1 acetone:PBS (v:v) for 10 minutes and air dried. E-glycoprotein-specific mAbs recognizing each of the three E-glycoprotein domains (Table 6) were used to determine affinity reductions in cross-reactive epitopes by IFA as described by Chang et al. (J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000).
- Tissue culture medium was harvested 48-72 hours following electroporation. Cell debris was removed from tissue culture media by centrifugation for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm. Ag-ELISA was used to detect secreted antigen from the mutagenized pCB8SJ2 and pCBWN transformed CHO cells. Secreted antigen was captured with polyclonal rabbit anti-SLEV and rabbit anti-pCBWN sera at 1:30,000 and 1:50,000 dilutions, respectively. MHIAF specific for SLEV and WNV was used at a 1:15,000 dilution to detect captured antigen, and this MHIAF was detected using horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-mouse HIAF at a 1:5000 dilution.
- Secreted antigen was concentrated from positive tissue culture medium by centrifugation overnight at 19,000 rpm, and resuspended in TN buffer (50 mM Tris, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.5) to 1/100th the original volume. Alternatively, some antigens were concentrated using Millipore's Amicon® Ultra PL-100 (Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) centrifugal filter devices. Concentrated antigen was analyzed with a panel of anti-flavivirus mAbs in Ag-ELISA to determine mAb end point reactivities of the mutated antigens, following the protocol of Roehrig et al. (Virology 246:317-28, 1998). This Ag-ELISA protocol is the same as that used herein to detect secreted antigen, with the exception of using the specified mAbs (Table 6) instead of polyclonal MHIAF.
- Using the structure-based design approach described above, candidate flavivirus complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues were narrowed down to 34 in DENV-2 and 31 each in WNV and SLEV. From these residues and with reiterative application of the optimality criteria described herein 17 DENV-2, 13 WNV, and 11 SLEV residues were chosen as most likely to be incorporated into complex and sub-complex cross-reactive epitopes (highlighted in Tables 7-9) Amino acid substitutions were modeled at these probable cross-reactive epitope residues, selecting substitutions that should potentially disrupt or ablate antibody recognition without altering E-glycoprotein structural conformation, disrupting dimer interactions, or impairing particle formation, maturation, or secretion. Stability calculations were performed for all possible amino acid substitutions of candidate residues using the PoPMuSiC server, (available on the Université Libre de Bruxelles' web site) and the DENV-2 E-glycoprotein pdb file coordinates (Modis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 100:6986-91, 2003) or homology model coordinates for WNV and SLEV Amino acid substitutions modeled in the E-glycoprotein structures with free energies of folding equal to or less than that of the non-mutated wild-type E-glycoprotein were re-examined with the Swiss-Pdb Viewer software (available on the Swiss Institute of Bioinformatics' web site) to identify those substitutions that minimized local structural disturbances while maintaining structurally relevant biochemical interactions such as hydrogen bonding and/or charge interactions with neighboring amino acids.
- Substitutions at 11 of 16 potential cross-reactive epitope residues selected for mutagenesis in pCB8SJ2 altered the reactivities of all 14 of the anti-SLE mAbs, relative to wild-type pCB8SJ2 (Table 10). Eight of the 14 MAbs were flavivirus group- or subgroup-cross-reactive (see Table 6). Substitutions at nine of the 16 residues analyzed altered the reactivity of all eight of the flavivirus group- or subgroup-cross-reactive mAbs. Substitutions at four of 16 potential cross-reactive epitope residues altered all three of the JEV complex- and subcomplex-cross reactive mAbs. Only one substitution however, affected type-specific mAb reactivities (
FIG. 3 ). The effect of this substitution (G106Q) on type-specific mAb reactivities was to actually increase the reactivity of these mAbs relative to that of the wild-type unaltered pCB8SJ2. Without being bound by a single theory, such increase in the reactivity of type-specific antibodies is believed to be beneficial for the development of type-specific flavivirus antigens. - Substitutions at 14 of 17 residues selected for mutagenesis in pCBWN altered the reactivities of all 10 of the anti-WNV mAbs, relative to wild-type pCBWN (Table 11). Six of the 10 anti-WNV mAbs were flavivirus group- or subgroup-cross-reactive, two were JEV complex cross-reactive and two were WNV type-specific (see Table 6). Nine of the 17 substitutions examined altered the reactivities of all six group- and subgroup-cross-reactive mAbs; 12 of these 17 substitutions affected the reactivities of both of the JEV complex cross-reactive mAbs. The G106V substitution in pCBWN was the only substitution to alter type-specific mAb reactivities, and, as with pCB8SJ2, this substitution actually increased the reactivity of the type-specific mAbs (
FIG. 3 ). - The outcome that many of these substitutions altered mAb reactivities (Tables 10 and 11;
FIG. 3 ) illustrates not only the efficiency of the described algorithms for identifying cross-reactive epitope residues, but also that these cross-reactive epitopes can be altered to ablate or appreciably interfere with the ability of an antibody to recognize these modified antigens. For example, 82% and 69% of the potential cross-reactive epitope residue substitutions examined in pCBWN and pCB8SJ2, respectively, affected all of the cross-reactive antibodies reactive to these two viruses from the antibody panel (seeFIG. 3 ). The high percentage of residues, selected a priori, affecting mAb reactivities illustrates the accuracy of the cross-reactive epitope residue selection algorithms. - The mAb characterization of potential cross-reactive epitope residue mutants illustrates the importance of the E-protein fusion peptide region as a potently cross-reactive antigenic determinant. As described herein, substitutions at fusion peptide residues G104, G106, and L107 strongly affected many of the mAb reactivities for DENV-2, SLEV and WNV (see Tables 10 and 11). Without being bound by a single theory, G106 appears to be the most important cross-reactive antigenic determinant of these residues. Substitutions at G106 altered the reactivities of 7 of 10 cross-reactive mAbs recognizing SLEV, and 7 of 8 cross-reactive mAbs recognizing WNV (see Tables 10 and 11). Substitutions at fusion peptide residue G104 also affected the reactivities of many mAbs for each of these viruses. However, all substitutions examined at this position produced plasmids that were unable to efficiently secrete VLP antigen upon transient transformation into eukaryotic cells. This observation was true for all three flaviviruses examined: DENV-2, SLEV and WNV.
- Substitutions at fusion peptide residue G106 had a variety of effects on mAb reactivities for both pCBWN and pCB8SJ2. The majority of the substitutions at this residue reduced or ablated a mAb's ability to recognize the antigen. This occurred with cross-reactive mAbs 4G2, 6B6C-1, 4A1B-9, and 2B5B-3 in G106V-pCBWN and with 4G2 and 2B5B-3 for G106Q-pCB8SJ2 (see Tables 10 and 11), indicating that the substituted residue is a part of the antigenic epitope recognized by these antibodies.
- This example demonstrates the representative nature of a murine antibody response as a model of human antibody response to substitutions in the flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes.
- Well-characterized serum specimens were assembled from the Diagnostic and Reference Laboratory, Arbovirus Diseases Branch, Division of Vector-Borne Infectious Diseases, US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A serum panel (see Table 12) was assembled from patients infected in the US between 1999 and 2004 with either WNV (n=6) or SLEV (n=10), as determined by the standard 90% plaque-reduction neutralization (PRNT) assay. SLEV is endemic to North America, whereas WNV was first introduced into North America in 1999 and has spread epidemically since that time.
- The flavivirus responsible for the most recent infection was determined as that with the highest neutralizing antibody titer, which had to be at least four-fold greater than that for any other virus tested. Because of the high level of cross-reactivity between the SLEV and WNV viruses, it is often difficult to determine the infecting virus by ELISA, thus requiring the PRNT. SLEV infected sera with measurably high levels of cross-reactivity for WNV were purposefully selected in order to maximize the ability to asses for improved discrepancy (specificity) of the pCBWN-G106V versus the pCBWN wild-type antigen. SLEV infected patient sera were split into two groups based upon previously determined (Diagnostic and Reference Laboratory) positive to negative (P/N) ratios for SLEV and for WNV. ‘Equivocal’ SLEV sera (n=5) were those that were clear SLEV infections from the PRNT data, yet had MAC-ELISA P/N ratios that were not statistically different between SLEV and WNV. Three of these equivocal SLEV samples were negative (P/N≦2.0) for both viruses, one was presumptive positive (P/N≧2.0 and <3.0), and one was definitive positive (P/N>5.0) for both viruses. ‘Misleading’ SLEV sera (n=5) were SLEV positive in the PRNT, yet had MAC-ELISA P/N ratios that were not only positive for both viruses, but were actually greater for WNV than for SLEV. Definitive ‘positive’ WNV infected patient sera (n=6) were selected based on MAC-ELISA results from the Diagnostic and Reference Laboratory collection for use as positive control sera to assess the accuracy of the pCBWN-G106V plasmid derived antigen.
- IgM ELISAs were performed following the protocols of Purdy et al. (J. Clin. Micro. 42:4709-17, 2004) and Holmes et al. (J. Clin. Micro. 43:3227-36, 2005). Briefly, the inner 60 wells of Immulon II HB flat-bottomed 96-well plates (Dynatech Industries Inc., Chantilly, Va.) were coated overnight at 4° C. in a humidified chamber with 75 μl of goat anti-human IgM (Kierkegaard & Perry Laboratories, Gaithersburg, Md.) diluted at 1:2000 in coating buffer (0.015 M sodium carbonate, 0.035 M sodium bicarbonate, pH 9.6). Wells were blocked with 300 μl of InBlock blocking buffer (Inbios, Seattle, Wash., L/N FA1032) for 60 minutes at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. 50 μl of sera were added to each well and incubated again for 60 minutes at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. Human test sera were diluted 1:400 in sample dilution buffer (Inbios, L/N FA1055). Positive control sera were diluted 1:3000 for SLEV and 1:800 for WNV. Positive and negative control VLP antigens were tested on all patient sera in triplicate by diluting appropriately in sample dilution buffer and adding 50 μl to appropriate wells for incubation overnight at 4° C. in a humidified chamber. Captured antigens were detected with 50 μl/well of polyclonal rabbit anti-pCBWN diluted 1:1000 in sample dilution buffer and incubated for 60 m at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. Rabbit sera was detected with horseradish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-rabbit sera diluted 1:8000 in IgM conjugate dilution buffer (Inbios, L/N FA1056) and incubated for 60 m at 37° C. in a humidified chamber. Bound conjugate was detected with 75 μl of 3,3′5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (Neogen Corp, Lexington, Ky.) substrate, incubated at RT for 10 min, stopped with 50 μl of 2N H2SO4, and then read at A450 using an ELx405HT Bio-Kinetics microplate reader (Bio-Tek Instruments Inc., Winooski, Vt.).
- Test validation and P/N values were determined according to the procedure of Martin et al. (J. Clin. Micro. 38:1823-26, 2000), using internal positive and negative serum controls included in each 96-well plate. Positive (P) values for each specimen were determined as the average A450 for the patient serum sample incubated with positive VLP antigen. Negative (N) values were determined for each plate as the average A450 for the normal human serum control incubated with positive VLP antigen.
- To determine how representative the murine antibody response (mAb data) is as a model of the human antibody response (serological data) to the viral substitution antigens described herein, serological assays were performed with single substitution, prototype type-specific antigens. As the mAb screening results indicated that fusion peptide residue 106 was incorporated into multiple cross-reactive epitopes for both WNV and SLEV, this substitution was selected to conduct MAC-ELISA serum tests.
- The prototype type-specific G106V-WNV Ag dramatically outperformed the wild-type (wt)-WNV Ag when tested on 10 difficult to discern ‘equivocal’ or positively ‘misleading’ SLEV-infected patient sera (Table 12). Six of 10 of these SLEV infected sera were correctly diagnosed as WNV-negative by MAC-ELISA (P/N≦2.0) with the G106V-WNV prototype Ag, three were ‘equivocal’ (P/N>2.0≦3.0) and one was WNV positive. However, when these same sera were tested with the wt-WNV Ag, only four sera were correctly scored as WNV negative, one was equivocal, and five were misdiagnosed as WNV positive with this unmodified Ag. When antigens were directly compared on each individual serum sample, the G106V-WNV Ag produced lower P/N ratios than did the wt-WNV Ag in nine of 10 cases on these SLEV infected sera, indicating that the G106V-WNV Ag exhibits improved specificity and reduced cross-reactivity relative to the wt-WNV Ag.
- The prototype type-specific G106V-WNV Ag also outperformed the unaltered wt-WNV Ag in MAC-ELISA sensitivity tests on positive WNV infected human sera (Table 12). Five of six WNV infected patient sera had positive P/N ratios when tested with the G106V-WNV Ag, whereas four were positive with the wt-WNV Ag. The single WNV positive serum sample that tested negative with the wt-Ag and equivocal with the G106V Ag had the lowest neutralizing titers of the WNV sera in the PRNT (see Table 12), indicative of a weak antibody titer.
- In addition to improved accuracy with the G106V-WNV Ag, it was also more sensitive than was the wt-WNV Ag. In 5 of the 6 WNV infected sera, the MAC-ELISA P/N ratios were higher with the G106V- than with the wt-WNV Ag (Table 12). Higher P/N ratios are expected from an improved type-specific Ag relative to the cross-reactive wt Ag when tested on sera infected with the same virus.
- The prototype type-specific G106V-WNV Ag exhibited improved specificity, accuracy, and sensitivity relative to the unmodified wt-WNV Ag. The G106V-WNV Ag was more specific and accurate for WNV diagnosis than was the wt Ag, correctly diagnosing more WNV infected sera as positive and fewer SLEV infected sera as negative, than did the wt-WNV Ag. The G106V-WNV Ag was also more sensitive at detecting WNV antibody in WNV infected serum than was the wt-WNV Ag. The positive signal indicating the presence of WNV antibody (P/N ratios) was greater for G106V-WNV Ag than it was for the wt-Ag when testing WNV infected sera, and less than that of the wt-Ag when testing non-WNV infected sera.
- This example demonstrates the ability of prototypical type-specific flavivirus mutant compositions to generate type-specific neutralizing antibody responses in mice.
- Groups of six female outbred ICR mice were used in this study. Mice were immunized by injection with pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1, pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1-G106Q, pCBWN, pCBWN-G106V, pCB8SJ2, or pCB8SJ2-G106Q expression plasmids as described herein. Each mouse was injected with 100 μg of Picogreen® fluorometer quantified plasmid DNA in PBS pH 7.5, at a concentration of 1 μg/μl. Mice were immunized with 50 μg of plasmid DNA injected intramuscularly into each thigh on
weeks 0 and 3. Mice were bled on week six following initial vaccination. - Six week post-vaccination serum specimens were tested for the presence of type-specific neutralizing (Nt) antibody (Ab) by plaque reduction neutralization test (PRNT). PRNT was performed with freshly confluent Vero cell monolayers as described by Chang et al. (J. Virol. 74:4244-52, 2000) using DENV-2 (16681), WNV (NY-99), and SLEV (MSI-7) viruses.
- Mice were immunized with wild-type and G106 substituted plasmids for WNV, SLEV, and DENV-2 to determine if there were differences between the wild-type and G106 prototype type-specific antigens for type-specific Nt Ab titer, cross-reactive Nt Ab titer, and protection from virus challenge. The type-specific Nt Ab titer results are shown in Table 13. There was little difference in the 75% PRNT titer between wt and G106 substituted plasmids for all three viruses. The 75% Nt Ab titer was greater than or equal to 1:128 for almost all of the mice immunized with both the DENV-2 and both the WNV DNA vaccines. One mouse immunized with the wt DENV-2 DNA vaccine had a 75% PRNT titer of 1:64, and two mice immunized with the pCBWN-G106V DNA vaccine had 75% PRNT titers of 1:64 and 1:16.
- These results demonstrate that for all three flaviviruses tested, there was little to no detectable difference in type-specific neutralizing antibody titer between the prototype type-specific G106 mutant vaccines and their wt counterparts. These results also illustrate that the methods described herein for ablating cross-reactive epitope residues can be used to generate type-specific flavivirus prM/E expression plasmids for use as DNA vaccines that still maintain potent type-specific neutralizing immunogenicity.
- This example provides methods by which prototypical type-specific flavivirus mutant compositions can be used to generate a reduced cross-reactive neutralizing antibody response relative to the unaltered wild-type compositions.
- Female outbred ICR mice (such as the mice in Example 6) can be used in this study. Twelve-week post vaccination serum samples from immunized mice will be tested for cross-reactive (heterologous) Nt antibody response by PRNT. Unlike the type-specific PRNTs performed in Example 6, the cross-reactive PRNTs will be performed by examining Nt of immunized mouse sera not only for the type-specific virus used for immunization, but also for Nt of the seven other medically important flaviviruses. Thus, all 12-week mouse sera will be tested for neutralization against eight different flaviviruses: all four dengue serocomplex viruses, DENY-1 (16007), DENV-2 (16681), DENV-3 (H87), and DENV-4 (H241); three JEV serocomplex viruses, JEV (SA14-14-2), WNV (NY-99) and SLEV (MSI-7); and the single medically important member of the yellow fever virus serocomplex, YFV (17D).
- Without being bound by theory, similar type-specific Nt Ab titers between the prototype type-specific G106 mutant vaccines and their wt counterparts are expected. Thus, both pCBWN and pCBWN-G106V vaccinated mouse sera are predicted to have similar Nt Ab titers against WNV, and pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 and pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1-G106Q will have similar Nt Ab titers against DENV-2. However, when these same sera are tested for Nt against the heterologous flaviviruses, it is expected that significantly lower PRNT titers for prototype type-specific G106 mutant vaccinated mouse sera will be observed than for the counterpart wt vaccinated mouse sera. For example, mice immunized with pCBWN and pCBWN-G106V will both have similar PRNT titers against WNV, whereas, pCBWN-G106V immunized mice will have significantly lower PRNT titer against SLEV, JEV, YF, and the four dengue serotype viruses, than wild-type pCBWN immunized mice.
- This example provides methods by which individual substitutions affecting different flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes can be combined into a single construct.
- Individual substitutions affecting different flavivirus cross-reactive epitopes (such as those disclosed herein) can be combined into a single construct based, for example, on mAb screening results disclosed herein (see, Tables 3, 10 and 11), as well as additional mAb screening studies. For example, a mutagenesis primer has been designed for SLEV to introduce both the G106Q and L107K substitutions into a single pCB8SJ2 plasmid (see, Table 5). This double mutation plasmid has been constructed, and its sequence confirmed.
- Cells can be transformed with this double mutated plasmid (or another plasmid containing a sequence encoding an E glycoprotein having a combination of two or more mutated amino acids), and the antigen characterized. In SLEV, the G106Q substitution alone alters the reactivities of many mAbs recognizing distinct cross-reactive epitopes (Table 10). However, this substitution alone has no significant effect on the flavivirus group cross-reactive epitope recognized by MAb T-23-1. The L107K substitution does knock out the ability of mAb T-23-1 to recognize the flavivirus cross-reactive epitope. Without being bound by theory, this suggests that L107 is incorporated in the cross-reactive epitope recognized by mAb T-23-1, while G106 is not.
- Because of the generally additive effects observed when combining these substitutions into single constructs (see, Tables 10 and 11), it is expected that G106Q/L107K antigen will combine the different effects observed from mAb screening of the individual mutants into a single, multiple substituted mutant. Upon transfection into mammalian cells, such a multiple mutant plasmid can be used to produce improved type-specific antigens. When utilized as genetic vaccines, these plasmids are expected to exhibit further reductions in cross-reactive immunogenicity while still inducing a potent type-specific immune response.
- This example provides methods for administering substances suitable for use as immune stimulatory compositions for the inhibition or treatment of a flavivirus infection.
- An immune stimulatory composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a flavivirus polypeptide that includes at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity (particularly in an E glycoprotein) can be administered to a subject at risk for, or exposed, to a flavivirus (e.g., a dengue virus, West Nile virus, etc.). Alternatively, an immune stimulatory composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleic acid vector that includes flavivirus nucleic acid molecules described herein, or that includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one flavivirus cross-reactive epitope with reduced or ablated cross-reactivity (particularly in an E glycoprotein), can be administered to a subject at risk for, or exposed to a flavivirus.
- Dosages and routes of administration for the immune stimulatory composition can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. Therapeutically effective amounts of an immune stimulatory composition can be determined, in one example, by in vitro assays or animal studies. When in vitro or animal assays are used, a dosage is administered to provide a target tissue concentration similar to that which has been shown to be effective in the in vitro or animal assays.
- While this disclosure has been described with an emphasis on preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that variations and equivalents of the preferred embodiments may be used and it is intended that the disclosure may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein. Accordingly, this disclosure includes all modifications encompassed within the spirit and scope of the disclosure as defined by the claims below.
-
-
TABLE 1 Nucleotide sequence of primers used for mutagenesis. The mismatched nucleotides causing the desired substitutions are underlined. Sequence SEQ ID NO: Mutation 5′-TGTTGTTGTGTTGGTTAGGTTTGCCTCTATACAG-3′ 1 K64N 5′-TGGGTTCCCCTTGCATTGGGCAGCGAGATTCTGTTGTTG-3′ 2 T76M 5′-TTCATTTAGGCTGGGTTCCCCTCGTGTTGGGCAG-3′ 3 Q77R 5′-CCCTTTCCAAATAGTCCACAGTGATTTCCCCATCCTCTGTCTACC-3′ 4 G104H 5′-GCCTCCCTTTCCAAATAGTTGACATCCATTTCCCCA-3′ 5 G106Q 5′-GGTCACAATGCCTCCCTTTCCAAATTTTCCACATCCATTTCCCC-3′ 6 L107K 5′-AGTTTTCTGGTTGCACAACTTTTCCTGCCATGTTCTTTTTGC-3′ 7 E126A 5′-GTATCCAATTTGACCCTTGATTGTCCGCTCCGGGCAACC-3′ 8 T226N 5′-GTCTCTTTCTGTATGAAATTTGACCCTTGTGTGTC-3′ 9 W231F 5′-AATGTCTCTTTCTGTATCAGATTTGACCCTTGTGTGTCCGCTCC-3′ 10 W231L 5′-TCCTGTTTCTTCGCACGGGGATTTTTGAAAGTGACC-3′ 11 H244R 5′-ACAACAACATCCTGTCGCTTCGCATGGGGATTTTTG-3′ 12 K247R -
TABLE 2 Stability free energy (ddG) calculations for putative domain II cross-reactive epitope substitutions based upon the published pdb coordinates for the DEN-2 virus (Modis et al., PNAS 100: 6986-91, 2003) and the TBE virus (Rey et al, Nature 375: 291-98, 1995) E-glycoprotein structures. DEN-2 SUB ddG (kcal/mol) TBE SUB ddG (kcal/mol) K64N −0.45 K64N −0.15 T76M −0.54 T76M −0.02 Q77R 0.45 M77R −0.10 G104H −0.16 H104H NA G106Q 0.87 G106Q −0.03 L107K 0.19 L107K 0.12 E126A 2.16 K126A 0.85 T226N 0.33 Q233N 0.03 E126A/T226N 2.49 K126A/Q233N 0.88 W231F 1.54 W235F 1.34 W231L 1.84 W235L 2.26 H244R 4.18 H248R 0.00 K247R −0.30 K251R −0.19 -
TABLE 3 mAb reactivities for mutant and wild-type plasmids. mAb D2HIAF 4G2 6B6C1 4E5 1A5D1 1B7-5 10A1D2 Epitope polyclonal A1 A1 A2 A3 A5 A/C PRNT + + +/− + − + − SA + + + − +/− + +/− Specificity NA group group sub-comp. type sub-group comp. Wild Type IFA 4.1 3.8 3.8 2.6 4.4 4.1 ≧2.9 Ag-ELISA >6.0 >6.0 ≧6.0 ≧2.9 4.2 5.7 >3.8 T76M IFA − − − − − − − Ag-ELISA − − − − ≦5% − − G104H IFA − <3% 6% − <0.8% 3% − Ag-ELISA na na na na na na na G106Q IFA − <3% <3% − <0.8% − nd Ag-ELISA − <0.1% <0.1% − <6% − 13% L107K IFA − <3% − − − − <25% Ag-ELISA − <0.1% − − 5% − 6% E126A IFA − − 6% − − − − Ag-ELISA − − − − 10% 13% − E126A/T226N IFA − − 3% − − 3% <25% Ag-ELISA − − − − 5% 13% − W231F/L IFA − <3% <3% − − <2% − Ag-ELISA na na na na na na − mAb 1B4C2 9A4D1 3H5 9A3D8 10A4D2 9D12 Epitope C1 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 PRNT − − + + + + SA + − + + + + Specificity sub-comp. type type type sub-comp. type Wild Type IFA 4.4 ≧2.9 >4.4 3.5 4.1 >4.4 Ag-ELISA >5.3 2.9 >6.0 >6.0 >6.0 >6.0 T76M IFA − − − nd − nd Ag-ELISA 0.8% − − − − − G104H IFA − − − nd − nd Ag-ELISA na na na na na na G106Q IFA 6% nd − − − − Ag-ELISA ≦0.1% − − − − − L107K IFA 6% − − nd − nd Ag-ELISA 0.2% − − − − − E126A IFA − − − nd − nd Ag-ELISA − − − − − − E126A/T226N IFA − − − nd − nd Ag-ELISA − − − − − − W231F/L IFA 6% − − − − − Ag-ELISA − − − − − − na: not applicable (these constructs did not secrete VLP antigen and thus could not be examined by Ag-ELISA); nd: not determined. -
TABLE 1 Amino acid sequence variability for proposed cross-reactive epitope residues in doamin II of the flavivirus E protein. Virus K64N T76M Q77R G104H G106Q L107K E126A T226N W231/F.L H224R K547R DEN-2 K T Q G G L E T W H K DEN-4 S T Q G G L T T W H R DEN-3 K T Q G G L E T W H K DEN-1 K T Q G G L E T W H K Japanese S T T G G L I T W H K Encephalitis Murray Valley T T T G G L A T W H K encephalitis West Nile T T M G G L I T W H K St. Louis T T T G G L T T W H K encephalitis Ilhéus T T M G G L T E W H R Rocio T T M G G L M D W H R Bagaza K T M G G L E G W H K Iguape E Q M G G L P G W H K Bussuquara K A V G G L A S W H K Kokobera Q T M G G L E G W H K Kédougou T T Q G G L K A W H K Zika S T Q G G L T T W H R Yellow fever V S T G G L S G W H T Sepik S T M G G L E G W H T Entebbe Bat N T T G G L Q D W H S Tick-borne K T M H G L T Q W H K encephalitis Louping ill K T M H G L T P W H K Omske hemorrhagic K A M H G L T V W H K fever Langat K T M H G L T E W H K Alkhurma K A M H G L T H W H K Deer tick K T T H G F V Q W H K Powassan K T T H G F V Q W H K Montana myotis D T L G G L A H W H K leukoencephalitis Rio Bravo S T Q G G L I S W H K Modoc E T Q G A L M P W Y K Apoi A T Q G G L I K W H K DENV-2 strains containingn variable amino acid sequences at these portions are indicated below with their GenBank accession numbers (all incorporated by reference as of the date of filing of this application). 64R: AF59579: 77L: M24449, X15434, X15214; 107F: M24446 126K: L10053, D00346, M29095, AF204178, M24450, M24451, AF410348, AF410361, AF410362, AF410365, AF204177, D10514 226K: AB111452, AY158337; 247R: AF231718, AF231719, AF231720 -
SEQ ID Primer Sequence NO: Mutation SLEV: G104H CTCCCTTTTCCAAACAGACCACAGTGGTTACCCCATCCGC 31 Gly-His G104N CTCCCTTTTCCAAACAGACCACAGTTGTTACCCCATCCGC 32 Gly-Asn G104D CCCTTTTCCAAACAGACCACAGTCGTTACCCCATCCGC 33 Gly-Asp G104K CTCCCTTTTCCAAACAGACCACACTTGTTACCCCATCCGC 34 Gly-Lys G106Q CTCCCTTTTCCAAACAGCTGACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 35 Gly-Gln G106K CTCCCTTTTCCAAACAGCTTACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 36 Gly-Lys G106V TCCCTTTTCCAAACAGTACACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 37 Gly-Val G106D CT TTTCCAAACAGATCACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 38 Gly-Asp L107F CTCCCTTTTCCAAAGAAACCACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 39 Leu-Phe G106Q/ AATGCTCCCTTTTCCAAAGAACTGACATCCGTTACCCCATCCGC 40 Gly-Gln L107F Leu-Phe R166Q CGGGCTTATGGTGAATTGAGCCGCTTGGTTTTTTCC 41 Arg-Gln T177I TTCCATACTCGCCCATGTTGGCAATAAAGGACGGTG 42 Thr-Ile G181S GTAACTGTTCCATACTCGGACATGTTGGCCGTAAAGG 43 Gly-Ser E182 NGTAACTGTTCCATAGTTGCCCATGTTGGCCGTAAAGG 44 Glu-Asn T231N CTCTGTTGCGCCAATCGTTTGTGGCAGGGCTCGTC 45 Thr-Asn W233F TTCTCTGTTGCGGAAATCAGTTGTGGCAGGGCTCGTC 46 Trp-Phe H246R TACTACAGTTTGCTTGGTGGCACGCGGTTCCTC 47 His-Trp S276G TGATTGCAAGGTTAGGGTTGATCCGCTAACAGTGGC 48 Ser-Gly K294Y CGTTCCCTTGATTTTGACGTAGTCAAGCTTAGCTCTGC 49 Lys-Tyr T301A ACACATGCCATATGCCGTTCCCTTGATTTTGACC 50 Thr-Ala T330D CAGGGTCCGTTGCTTCCATCATACTGCAGTTCCAC 51 Thr-Asp A367S CGATCATGACCTTGTTGTTCGATCCCCCTGTGC 52 Ala-Ser N368F TTCGATCATGACCTTGTTGAACGCTCCCCCTGTGC 53 Asn-Phe WNV: G104N TTTGCCAAATAGTCCGCAGTTGTTGCCCCAGCCCC 54 Gly-Asn G104D TTGCCAAATAGTCCGCAGTCGTTGCCCCAGC 55 Gly-Asp G104K CCTTTGCCAAATAGTCCGCACTTGTTGCCCCAGCCCC 56 Gly-Lys G104A TTGCCAAATAGTCCGCATGCGTTGCCCCAGC 57 Gly-Ala G106V TTTGCCAAATAGGACGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGCC 58 Gly-Val G106R TTTGCCAAATAGCCTGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGCC 59 Gly-Arg G106Y CCTTTGCCAAATAGGTAGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGCCCC 60 Gly-Tyr G106A TTTGCCAAATAGAGCGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGCC 61 Gly-Ala L107Y TTCCTTTGCCAAAGTATCCGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGCC 62 Gly-Tyr L107F CCTTTGCCAAAGAATCCGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGC 63 Gly-Phe L107H CCTTTGCCAAAATGTCCGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGC 64 Gly-His L107R CCTTTGCCAAATCTTCCGCAGCCGTTGCCCCAGC 65 Gly-Arg K118V CTTGGTAGAGCAGGCAAATACGGCGCATGTGTC 66 Lys-Val N154D CCAACCTGTGTGGAGTAGTCTCCGTGCGAC 67 Asn-Asp Y155G CCAACCTGTGTGGAGCCGTTTCCGTGCGACTC 68 Tyr-Gly Q158D CTGAGTGGCTCCAACATCTGTGGAGTAGTTTCCGTGCG 69 Gln-Asp R166Y AGGAGTGATGCTGAAGTACCCTGCCTGAGTGG 70 Arg-Tyr T177V CCAAGCTTTAGTACGTATGAAGGCGCCGCAGGAG 71 Thr-Val E182G CCTCTCCATAGCCTCCAAGCTTTAGTGTGTATGAAGG 72 Glu-Gly W233F AACGTCTCTCTGTTCCTGAACACAGTACTTCCAGCAC 73 Trp-Phe S276D CCGACGTCAACTTGACAGTGTTGTCTGAAAATTCCACAGG 74 Ser-Asp K294N GTTCCCTTCAACTGCAAGTTTTCCATCTTCACTCTACAC 75 Lys-Asn T301N ACAGACGCCATAGTTTGTTCCCTTCAACTGCAATTTTTCC 76 Thr-Asn T330N CCATCCGTGCCGTTGTACTGCAATTCCAACACCACAG 77 Thr-Asn A367V GGACCTTAGCGTTGACCGTGGCCACTGAAAC 78 Ala-Val N368S ACCTTAGCGCTGGCCGTGGCCACTGAAAC 79 Asn-Ser -
TABLE 6 E-glycoprotein-specific mAbs recognizing each of the three E-glycoprotein domains mAb Name Virus Specificity Domain 4G2 DENV-2 group DII 6B6C-1 SLEV group DII T23-1 WNV group DII T23-2 JEV group DII 2B6B-2 SLEV sub-grp (not WNV) DII 4A1B-9 MVEV group DII 1B7-5 DENV-3 sub-grp: DEN + JE comp T21 DENV-3 sub-grp: DEN + JE comp 2B5B-3 SLEV sub-grp. JE comp + YF T11 DENV-3 sub-grp: DEN-2, 3, 4 + JE T5-1 JEV sub-grp: DEN-2, JE, SLE T5-2 JEV sub-grp: DEN-1, 2, JE, WN* 10A1D-2 DENV-2 sub-grp: DEN-1, 2, 3, 4 + SLE DI/DII 6B4A-10 JEV JE comp. T16 JEV JE comp. 1B4C-2 DENV-2 sub-comp: DEN-2, 3 DI 10A4D-2 DENV-2 sub-comp: DEN-1, 2, 3 DIII 1B5D-1 SLEV sub-comp: SLE + JE E-2 T20 DENV-2 sub-comp: DEN-2 + JEV 4E5 DENV-2 sub-comp: DEN-1, 2, 3 DII 3H5 DENV-2 type DIII 9A3D-8 DENV-2 type DIII 9D12 DENV-2 type DIII 1A5D-1 DENV-2 type DII 9A4D-1 DENV-2 type DI T8 WNV type WNV 3.91D (KUNV) type WNV 3.67G (KUNV) type 4A4C-4 SLEV type 6B5A-2 SLEV type 1B2C-5 SLEV type -
TABLE 7 Potential DENV-2 complex- and sub-complex-cross-reactive epitope residues, with residues chosen for mutagenesis highlighted *not identified as ≧35% SA in this particular structure/model B-f: β-factor (temperature factor) a qualitative assessment of the scale (5-60Å2). SC?: is the amino acid side chain accessible and available for antibody binding Ep?: might this amino acid be incorporated into an antigen epitope? DVc: DENV1-4 complex; Jec: JE complex (medically important Glade = JE, MVE, WN, SLE) SDM: site-directed mutagenesis -
TABLE 8 Potential JEV complex- and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues from WNV, with residues chosen for mutagenesis highlighted *not identified as ≧35% SA in this particular structure/model B-f: β-factor (temperature factor) a qualitative assessment of the scale (5-60Å2). SC?: is the amino acid side chain accessible and available for antibody binding Ep?: might this amino acid be incorporated into an antigen epitope? DVc: DENV1-4 complex; Jec: JE complex (medically important clade = JE, MVE, WN, SLE) SDM: site-directed mutagenesis -
TABLE 9 Potential JEV complex- and sub-complex cross-reactive epitope residues from SLEV, with residues chosen for mutagenesis highlighted *not identified as ≧35% SA in this particular structure/model B-f: β-factor (temperature factor) a qualitative assessment of the scale (5-60Å2). SC?: is the amino acid side chain accessible and available for antibody binding Ep?: might this amino acid be incorporated into an antigen epitope? DVc: DENV1-4 complex; Jec: JE complex (medically important clade = JE, MVE, WN, SLE) SDM: site-directed mutagenesis -
TABLE 10 Inverse log10 end-point titers of anti-SLEV mAbs determined by the AG-ELISA for antigens expressed by wild-type pCB8SJ2 and cross-reactive reduced mutated constructs Shaded block: Significantly altered endpoints relative to pCB8SJ2 derived wild-type VLP antigens. Most substitutions reduced mAb reactivity, however, some mAbs reactivity increased. -
TABLE 11 Inverse log10 end-point titers of anti-WNV mAbs determined by the AG-ELISA for antigens expressed by wild-type pCBWN and cross- reactive reduced mutated constructs Shaded block: Significantly altered endpoints relative to pCB8SJ2 derived wild-type VLP antigens. Most substitutions reduced mAb reactivity, however, some mAbs reactivity increased. -
TABLE 12 Comparative detection of human IgM antibody by MAC-ELISA with wild type (wt−) and G106V- prototype type-specific antigens. Positive/Negative Ratios2 Serum Specimen Description PRNT90 2 Ref. Lab. Result VLP MAC-ELISA Infecting Viru No Class1 SLEV WNV SLEV WNV wt G106V SLEV 1 equivocal 160 20 1.10 0.81 1.12 1.02 2 equivocal 160 20 1.17 1.20 1.11 1.16 3 equivocal 320 40 2.10 1.30 1.83 1.15 4 equivocal 320 80 2.40 2.90 1.74 1.34 5 equivocal 320 20 8.56 8.27 3.12 1.99 6 misleading 1280 160 8.27 10.8 5.40 5.09 7 misleading 1280 20 9.81 11.1 6.42 2.35 8 misleading 640 20 12.4 14.9 3.76 2.48 9 misleading 160 40 13.0 20.3 2.02 1.47 10 misleading 1280 10 11.8 43.7 9.80 2.04 No. positive 6 6 5 1 WNV 1 positive 40 160 3.37 7.88 1.91 2.45 2 positive 160 2560 1.48 5.76 3.12 4.09 3 positive 10 320 1.29 8.61 4.21 3.20 4 positive 80 320 2.73 8.38 2.71 3.04 5 positive 40 2560 2.12 26.3 6.68 9.04 6 positive 40 1280 2.14 28.8 8.27 10.2 No. positives 1 6 4 5 1Sera were assigned to one of three classes; positive, equivocal, or misleading as described in materials and methods. Assignments were based upon previously determined P/N ratios3 reported by the Diagnostics and Reference Laboratory, Arbovirus Diseases Branch, Division of Vector-Borne Diseases, US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2PRNT90, Plaque reduction neutralization test; titers represent inverse 90% plaque reduction endpoints as reported by the Diagnostics and Reference Laboratory, ADB, DVBID, CDC. 3 Values represent ratios calculated as described in Materials and Methods. Positive ratios ≧3.0 are shown in bold 4 Ratios reported by the Diagnostics and Reference Laboratory, ADB, DVBID, CDC. 5 Ratios determined in this study comparing wild-type (wt−) WNV Ag. with prototype cross-reactivity reduced G106V-WNV Ag. indicates data missing or illegible when filed -
TABLE 13 Type-specific neutralizing antibody titers as determined by PRNT Plasmid DNA used for Mouse Type-specific 75% immunization1 No. PRNT titer2 pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1 1 >128 (wt DENV-2) 2 >128 3 >128 4 64 5 >128 6 >128 pCB8D2-2J-2-9-1- G106Q 1 >128 (DENV-2 + G106Q) 2 >128 3 >128 4 >128 5 128 6 >128 pCBWN 1 >128 (wt WNV) 2 >128 3 >128 4 >128 5 >128 6 >128 pCBWN- G106V 1 64 (WNV + G106V) 2 >128 3 16 4 >128 5 >128 6 >128 1Mice were immunized intramuscularly with 100 μg of plasmid DNA on weeks 0 and 3.2PRNT plaque reduction neutralization test, 75% neutralization endpoint titers on mouse sera collected 6 weeks post vaccination.
Claims (23)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/659,251 US9650422B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2015-03-16 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US59189804P | 2004-07-27 | 2004-07-27 | |
PCT/US2005/026672 WO2006025990A2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2005-07-27 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US11/572,805 US7906292B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2005-07-27 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US12/892,714 US9000141B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2010-09-28 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US14/659,251 US9650422B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2015-03-16 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/892,714 Division US9000141B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2010-09-28 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20150246951A1 true US20150246951A1 (en) | 2015-09-03 |
US9650422B2 US9650422B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 |
Family
ID=36000491
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/572,805 Active 2026-03-15 US7906292B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2005-07-27 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US12/892,714 Active 2028-12-05 US9000141B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2010-09-28 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US14/659,251 Active 2025-07-30 US9650422B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2015-03-16 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/572,805 Active 2026-03-15 US7906292B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2005-07-27 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
US12/892,714 Active 2028-12-05 US9000141B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2010-09-28 | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7906292B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1784487B1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE521627T1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2576798C (en) |
IN (1) | IN2012DN03294A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006025990A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018052549A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health And Human Services | Zika virus vaccines |
WO2018152526A1 (en) | 2017-02-20 | 2018-08-23 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health And Human Services | Zika virus vaccines |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA3150411C (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2023-09-12 | Pnuvax Inc. | High yield yellow fever virus strain with increased propagation in cells |
CA2836501A1 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2013-01-17 | Gwong-Jen J. Chang | Identification of a west nile virus cd4 t cell epitope and use thereof |
EP3819306A3 (en) * | 2011-10-20 | 2021-07-28 | The Government of The United States of America as represented by The Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services | Dengue virus e-glycoprotein polypeptides containing mutations that eliminate immunodominant cross-reactive epitopes |
WO2014064943A1 (en) * | 2012-10-25 | 2014-05-01 | Osaka University | Antigenic peptide derived from dengue virus |
AU2014302282B2 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2018-09-13 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and compositions for dengue virus vaccines |
WO2015139784A1 (en) * | 2014-03-18 | 2015-09-24 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Distinguishing flavivirus infection using a recombinant mutant envelope protein |
US10487120B2 (en) * | 2015-02-09 | 2019-11-26 | Academia Sinica | Epitope-substituted vaccine for use in improving safety and immunogenicity against dengue viruses |
US11364292B2 (en) | 2015-07-21 | 2022-06-21 | Modernatx, Inc. | CHIKV RNA vaccines |
WO2017015463A2 (en) | 2015-07-21 | 2017-01-26 | Modernatx, Inc. | Infectious disease vaccines |
EP3364950A4 (en) | 2015-10-22 | 2019-10-23 | ModernaTX, Inc. | Tropical disease vaccines |
US10703774B2 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2020-07-07 | Ge Healthcare Bioprocess R&D Ab | Separation method |
GB201610162D0 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2016-07-27 | Imp Innovations Ltd And Inst Pasteur | Methods |
EP3468590A1 (en) | 2016-06-13 | 2019-04-17 | The United States of America, as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services | Nucleic acids encoding zika virus-like particles and their use in zika virus vaccines and diagnostic assays |
MA47515A (en) | 2017-02-16 | 2019-12-25 | Modernatx Inc | VERY POWERFUL IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITIONS |
GB201704126D0 (en) * | 2017-03-15 | 2017-04-26 | Blom Nihlén Kim Andrea | Vaccine |
WO2018197406A1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-01 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Soluble and immunoreactive flaviviral ns1 polypeptides |
US10653767B2 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2020-05-19 | Modernatx, Inc. | Zika virus MRNA vaccines |
EP3938379A4 (en) | 2019-03-15 | 2023-02-22 | ModernaTX, Inc. | Hiv rna vaccines |
CN111048154B (en) * | 2019-12-10 | 2023-06-06 | 上海药明生物技术有限公司 | Method for mapping antibody epitope |
AU2021357746A1 (en) * | 2020-10-07 | 2023-06-15 | Ctk Biotech, Inc. | Improved diagnostic tests |
WO2023178310A1 (en) * | 2022-03-17 | 2023-09-21 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Compositions comprising modified flavivirus e glycoproteins and methods of making and using the same |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130089543A1 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2013-04-11 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health & Human Services | Monoclonal antibodies that bind or neutralize dengue virus |
Family Cites Families (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DK172110B1 (en) | 1988-04-15 | 1997-10-27 | Gen Hospital Corp | Method for Isolating Mutants of DNA Sequences and Their Use in Identifying Cell Surface Proteins |
US6074865A (en) * | 1995-07-20 | 2000-06-13 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Recombinant dengue virus DNA fragment |
MY150893A (en) * | 1996-09-24 | 2014-03-14 | Bavarian Nordic As | Recombinant mva virus expressing dengue virus antigens, and the use thereof in vaccines |
CU22683A1 (en) * | 1997-01-15 | 2001-07-20 | Inst De Medicina Tropical Pedro Kouri | EPITHES OF THE PRE-M / M PROTEIN OF THE DENGUE VIRUS, SYNTHETIC PEPTIDES, CHEMICAL PROTEINS AND THEIR USES |
BRPI9701774B8 (en) * | 1997-04-11 | 2015-09-29 | Fundação Oswaldo Cruz Fiocruz | mutant and infectious yellow fever virus cdna, DNA construct, recombinant yellow fever virus and human vaccine against yellow fever infections. |
BR9910830A (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2001-02-13 | Us Gov Health & Human Serv | Nucleic acid vaccines to prevent flavivirus infection |
US7227011B2 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2007-06-05 | United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services, Centers For Disease Control And Prevention | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection |
-
2005
- 2005-07-27 AT AT05808971T patent/ATE521627T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2005-07-27 WO PCT/US2005/026672 patent/WO2006025990A2/en active Application Filing
- 2005-07-27 CA CA2576798A patent/CA2576798C/en active Active
- 2005-07-27 IN IN3294DEN2012 patent/IN2012DN03294A/en unknown
- 2005-07-27 US US11/572,805 patent/US7906292B2/en active Active
- 2005-07-27 EP EP05808971A patent/EP1784487B1/en active Active
-
2010
- 2010-09-28 US US12/892,714 patent/US9000141B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-03-16 US US14/659,251 patent/US9650422B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130089543A1 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2013-04-11 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health & Human Services | Monoclonal antibodies that bind or neutralize dengue virus |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018052549A1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-03-22 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health And Human Services | Zika virus vaccines |
WO2018152526A1 (en) | 2017-02-20 | 2018-08-23 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Dept. Of Health And Human Services | Zika virus vaccines |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US7906292B2 (en) | 2011-03-15 |
US20080248064A1 (en) | 2008-10-09 |
WO2006025990A3 (en) | 2006-06-29 |
EP1784487A2 (en) | 2007-05-16 |
EP1784487B1 (en) | 2011-08-24 |
CA2576798C (en) | 2014-09-09 |
US20110059131A1 (en) | 2011-03-10 |
US9650422B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 |
IN2012DN03294A (en) | 2015-10-23 |
US9000141B2 (en) | 2015-04-07 |
WO2006025990A2 (en) | 2006-03-09 |
CA2576798A1 (en) | 2006-03-09 |
ATE521627T1 (en) | 2011-09-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9650422B2 (en) | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use | |
Chang et al. | Enhancing biosynthesis and secretion of premembrane and envelope proteins by the chimeric plasmid of dengue virus type 2 and Japanese encephalitis virus | |
AU2009241354B2 (en) | Chimeric West Nile/Dengue viruses | |
US11578103B2 (en) | Nucleic acids encoding Zika virus-like particles and their use in Zika virus vaccines and diagnostic assays | |
EP1383931A1 (en) | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection | |
US11872276B2 (en) | Zika virus chimeric polyepitope comprising non-structural proteins and its use in an immunogenic composition | |
US20180353593A1 (en) | Dengue virus e-glycoprotein polypeptides containing mutations that eliminate immunodominant cross-reactive epitopes | |
Galula et al. | Virus-like particle secretion and genotype-dependent immunogenicity of dengue virus serotype 2 DNA vaccine | |
WO2018009603A1 (en) | Chimeric west nile/zika viruses and methods of use | |
IL139844A (en) | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection | |
CN111132692A (en) | Virus-like particles comprising Zika virus antigen | |
US7482017B2 (en) | Flavivirus variants having phenotypic variation and immunogenic compositions thereof | |
Bonaldo et al. | Attenuation of recombinant yellow fever 17D viruses expressing foreign protein epitopes at the surface | |
AU2007200847B2 (en) | Localization and characterization of flavivirus envelope glycoprotein cross-reactive epitopes and methods for their use | |
US20180228886A1 (en) | Use of a linear b cell epitope of ns1 protein to treat dengue virus | |
WO2021226195A1 (en) | Stable human cell lines expressing flavivirus virus-like particles and uses thereof | |
Heinz et al. | The molecular and antigenic structure of TBEV | |
Heinz et al. | The molecular and antigenic structure of TBEV | |
AU2007202304B2 (en) | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection | |
BARRETT et al. | Patent 2582534 Summary | |
CN112334576A (en) | Mature virus-like particles of flavivirus | |
AU2002307147B2 (en) | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection | |
Vrati | Immunogenicity and protective eYcacy of the E. coli-expressed domain III of Japanese encephalitis virus envelope protein in mice | |
AU2002307147A1 (en) | Nucleic acid vaccines for prevention of flavivirus infection |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CHANG, GWONG-JEN J.;CRILL, WAYNE D.;REEL/FRAME:035192/0584 Effective date: 20051114 |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |